[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018137236A1 - Camera communication method, apparatus and device - Google Patents

Camera communication method, apparatus and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018137236A1
WO2018137236A1 PCT/CN2017/072733 CN2017072733W WO2018137236A1 WO 2018137236 A1 WO2018137236 A1 WO 2018137236A1 CN 2017072733 W CN2017072733 W CN 2017072733W WO 2018137236 A1 WO2018137236 A1 WO 2018137236A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
symbol
sub
symbols
amplitude
sequence
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/072733
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李强
姜彤
董晨
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201780076496.2A priority Critical patent/CN110073611B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2017/072733 priority patent/WO2018137236A1/en
Publication of WO2018137236A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018137236A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B10/00Transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio-waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or employing corpuscular radiation, e.g. quantum communication
    • H04B10/11Arrangements specific to free-space transmission, i.e. transmission through air or vacuum
    • H04B10/114Indoor or close-range type systems
    • H04B10/116Visible light communication

Definitions

  • the present application relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, device and device for camera communication
  • LED light-emitting diode
  • LED light-emitting diode
  • the signal can be sent out by high-speed light and dark flicker that is not visible to the naked eye, so that it can be used as a signal transmitter of the optical communication system; in addition, the photodiode (PD) will receive all the received signals during the reception of the optical signal.
  • the optical power is converted into a current signal, so the PD can serve as a signal receiver for the optical communication system.
  • VLC visible light communication
  • VLC system Communication rate and communication distance of the system
  • a PD-based VLC system In order to increase the received optical power of a PD-based VLC system, one usually uses an optical lens (combination) before the PD and places the PD at the focus of the optical lens (combination), but because the lens will space the received optical signal. Separation, in which case it is difficult for a single PD to simultaneously receive optical signals of a plurality of LEDs, thereby affecting signal switching during movement of the receiving device.
  • an image sensor uses a PD array as a photoreceiver, and each PD is a pixel of IS that can receive signals independently.
  • the IS works with the imaging lens, light from different directions will be focused at different positions on the IS, enabling reception of pictures or video.
  • LED light source and camera are integrated between the mobile phone and the mobile phone, between the car and the car, or any other two.
  • Camera communication can be achieved between devices through LED light sources and cameras.
  • one of the hotspots in the field of OCC research is how to achieve flicker-free communication when using a normal frame rate camera (for example, the camera's frame rate is less than 60 fps) for signal transmission and reception.
  • a normal frame rate camera for example, the camera's frame rate is less than 60 fps
  • CFF critical flicker frequency
  • OOK on-off keying
  • the signal transmission frequency needs to be set to less than half of the camera frame rate to achieve complete reception of the signal, but such a low transmission frequency of the transmitting device can cause the LED to blink.
  • the prior art adopts the Undersampled Frequency Shift ON-OFF keying (UFSOOK) modulation method, that is, the white LED of the transmitting device transmits a white light signal, and the UFSOOK system allows the receiving device (ie, the camera) to operate in the owu In the sampling mode, due to the special relationship between the carrier frequency fs (fs> CFF) and the camera frame rate, it can realize the complete signal transmitted by the camera to receive the original signal, thereby achieving flicker-free communication.
  • UFSOOK Undersampled Frequency Shift ON-OFF keying
  • the method, device and device for camera communication provided by the embodiments of the present application are used to solve the problem that when the corresponding communication information is transmitted by white light, the same communication information is sent by all the color components of the white light, resulting in low spectrum utilization. technical problem.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for camera communication, including:
  • Subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM is performed on the initial signal of each channel to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel;
  • the transmitting device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple parallel amplitude modulated signals, which are parallel and independent signals, so that they can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application increases the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system from the number of parallel branches of the transmitted optical signal, and further, since the optical signal of each channel is modulated by multiple amplitudes, the obtained amplitude modulated signal is obtained. A symbol having a plurality of amplitudes is included, and symbols of different amplitudes can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the spectrum utilization ratio of the camera communication system from the number of amplitudes; meanwhile, the transmitting device is based on each channel.
  • the amplitude modulation signal and the preset sequence can obtain multiple initial signals, thereby performing subcarrier amplitude modulation on each channel initial signal to avoid signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception, and ensuring that the receiving end device is at the receiving and transmitting end.
  • the stability of the signal sent by the device to avoid signal flashing . That is to say, the embodiment of the present application further improves the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system on the basis of ensuring flicker-free communication.
  • the method further includes:
  • the possible design provides a method of camera communication, which greatly simplifies the operation of the receiving device and saves the processing overhead of the receiving device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for camera communication, including:
  • the transmitting end device Receiving, by the transmitting end device, a plurality of subcarrier modulation signals, wherein the multiple subcarrier modulation signals are signals obtained by performing subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM on an initial signal of each path of the transmitting end device, where the initial signal is
  • the transmitting end device is generated according to a preset sequence and an amplitude modulated signal obtained by performing multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulated signal;
  • the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following state information of the amplitude modulated signal:
  • Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  • the sequence when the plurality of modulations are CIM modulation, the sequence includes: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
  • the first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l
  • the K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
  • the second portion includes N second symbols, Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
  • the second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the Gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and parameter information of the channel matrix;
  • the third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  • the second portion includes an increasing sub-symbol string, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • Each of the above possible designs provides a method in which the first portion, the second portion, and the third portion of the sequence enable the receiving device to determine a starting position of a sequence in each subcarrier modulation signal and to learn the received secondary Whether the carrier modulated signal or the amplitude modulated signal has a phase inversion, and the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel are obtained according to the second part or the third part, thereby nonlinearly receiving the received multiple subcarrier modulated signals.
  • the compensation of the damage and the corresponding color correction improve the accuracy of the data recovery by the receiving device and ensure the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving device.
  • the sequence when the plurality of modulations are color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first portion and a second portion;
  • the first portion includes N first symbols, Each first symbol includes three first parallel sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset first association relationship, and N of each of the first sub-symbols
  • the first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
  • the second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
  • the first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  • the first portion includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps;
  • the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • Each of the above possible designs provides a method in which the first portion and the second portion of the sequence enable the receiving device to determine the starting position of the sequence in each of the subcarrier modulation signals and to obtain the received subcarrier modulation signal or Whether the amplitude modulation signal has a phase inversion, and the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel are obtained according to the first part and the second part, thereby compensating for the nonlinear damage of the received multi-subcarrier modulation signal and correspondingly
  • the color correction and the like improve the accuracy of the data recovery by the receiving device, and ensure the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving device.
  • the sequence includes a first portion and a second portion
  • the first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal
  • the second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device.
  • the data to be transmitted is mentioned.
  • the possible design provides a method that cancels the nonlinear compensation, color correction, and phase error cancellation of the receiving device, but trains the decider based on the second part of the sequence, and uses the determiner to restore the data to be transmitted, simplifying The complexity of the receiving device.
  • the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed to obtain the data to be transmitted, which specifically includes:
  • the starting position of the sequence is determined according to the symbol transmission order of the preset sequence and the symbol;
  • the acquiring the gamma curve according to the second part includes:
  • the sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
  • the acquiring the channel matrix according to the second part includes:
  • the processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted further includes:
  • the transmitting device uses the CIM to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts a sequence including the first part, the second part, and the third part, and then based on the sequence.
  • the receiving device can know, by the first part of the sequence, whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted, and determine the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combine the starting position
  • the length of the sequence and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the second part and the third part of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the second part is used or the third part is used to determine the channel matrix and each
  • the accuracy of the data recovery by the end device ensures that the receiving device restores The reliability of the data to be transmitted; in addition, when the subcarrier modulation signal is nonlinearly compensated, the information of the Gamma curve determined by the receiving device can also be sent to the transmitting device, and the transmitting device can perform the subcarrier modulation signal.
  • the nonlinear compensation greatly simplifies the operation of the device at the receiving end and saves the processing overhead of the device at the receiving end.
  • the embodiment of the present application can also determine the channel matrix and the third part of the sequence when the phase is in error. The gamma curve of each way further ensures the accuracy of data restoration.
  • the performing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals Processing, obtaining the data to be transmitted specifically:
  • the Gamma curve and the channel matrix are acquired according to the second part, and the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
  • the acquiring the gamma curve according to the first part includes:
  • the sub-symbols corresponding to the first sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
  • the acquiring the channel matrix according to the first part includes:
  • the processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted specifically includes:
  • the processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted specifically includes:
  • the above various possible design provides a method, when the transmitting device uses the CSK to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts the sequence of the second possible implementation manner described above, and then receives according to the sequence form.
  • the end device can determine whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted by the first part and the second part of the sequence, and determine the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combine the start The position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the first portion and the second portion of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the first portion or the second portion is used to determine the channel matrix and each path The gamma curve, and then adopting the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel, performing nonlinear compensation, color correction, demodulation and the like on the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signals to obtain data to be transmitted, thereby greatly improving the receiving end.
  • the embodiment of the present application can also determine the channel matrix by using the second part of the sequence when the phase occurs. And the gamma curve of each way further ensures the accuracy of data restoration; further, the embodiment of the present application solves the problem that the CSK signal cannot be transmitted in the OCC system using the low speed camera, and the application range of the camera communication is expanded. .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a device for camera communication, and the device for the camera communication has a function of a method for implementing the camera communication described above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the device for communicating by the camera includes a plurality of functional modules or units, and the method for implementing the camera communication of any one of the foregoing first aspects.
  • the structure of the device for communicating by the camera may include a processor, a receiver, and a transmitter.
  • the processor is configured to support a corresponding function of the apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described first aspects of camera communication.
  • the transmitter is configured to support communication between the device and other network devices or terminal devices, for example, can be capable of transmitting multiple optical signals and integrated VLC module LED lights, and the receiver can be a camera device or a video recording device.
  • the apparatus can also include a memory for coupling with the processor that retains program instructions and data necessary for the method by which the camera communication device performs the camera communication described above.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a device for camera communication, and the device for the camera communication has a function of a method for implementing the camera communication described above.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the device for communicating by the camera includes a plurality of functional modules or units, and the method for implementing the camera communication of any one of the foregoing second aspects.
  • the structure of the device for communicating by the camera may include a processor, a receiver, and a transmitter.
  • the processor is configured to support a corresponding function of the method in which the apparatus performs the camera communication of any of the above second aspects.
  • the transmitter is configured to support communication between the device and other network devices or terminal devices, for example, can be capable of transmitting multiple optical signals and integrated VLC module LED lights, and the receiver can be a camera device or a video recording device.
  • the apparatus can also include a memory for coupling with the processor that retains program instructions and data necessary for the method by which the camera communication device performs the camera communication described above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for a device for communicating by the camera, which includes a program designed to execute the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for a device for communicating by the camera, which includes a program designed to execute the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform a function performed by a device for camera communication in the above method when the computer program is executed by a computer.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform functions performed by a device for camera communication in the above method when the computer program is executed by a computer.
  • the transmitting device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple parallel amplitude modulated signals, which are parallel and independent of each other.
  • a signal so that it can carry different data information
  • the embodiment of the present application increases the spectrum utilization of the camera communication system from the number of parallel branches of the transmitted optical signal, and additionally, because of the optical signal for each channel Amplitude modulation, therefore, the obtained amplitude modulation signal contains symbols having multiple amplitudes, and symbols of different amplitudes can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system from the number of amplitudes.
  • the transmitting device can obtain multiple initial signals based on the amplitude modulation signal and the preset sequence of each channel, thereby performing subcarrier amplitude modulation on the initial signal of each channel to avoid the signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception. , to ensure that the receiving device receives the signal sent by the transmitting device. Nature, avoid the occurrence of flicker signal. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application further improves the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system on the basis of ensuring flicker-free communication.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a camera communication system according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a signaling flowchart of a method for camera communication provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a waveform diagram of a sequence provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of acquiring a Gamma curve according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of acquiring a channel matrix according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a waveform diagram of a sequence provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the camera communication system includes: a transmitting end device and a receiving end device, both of which are devices capable of implementing camera communication, and the transmitting end device may be an integrated LED light capable of transmitting multiple different colors of light.
  • the light of different colors carries the corresponding communication information, and the light may be referred to as an optical signal at this time
  • the receiving end The device can be a device that contains a built-in camera or video recording device.
  • a built-in camera or video recording device can be used, for example, for communication between a vehicle and a vehicle.
  • a front headlight or other light on one vehicle can be used as a transmitting device, a camera on another vehicle, or other camera device.
  • the application scenario of the camera communication system is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the prior art adopts an undersampling UFSOOK modulation mode, that is, a white LED of a transmitting device transmits a white light signal
  • the UFSOOK system allows a receiving device (which may be a camera or a device with a built-in camera) to operate in an undersampling mode.
  • a receiving device which may be a camera or a device with a built-in camera
  • the carrier frequency fs fs>CFF
  • the camera frame rate due to the special relationship between the carrier frequency fs (fs>CFF) and the camera frame rate, it can realize the complete signal transmitted by the camera to receive the original signal, thereby achieving flicker-free communication.
  • FIG. 2 is a signaling flowchart of a method for camera communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment relates to that the transmitting end device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted into a multi-channel amplitude modulation signal, so as to improve the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system, and obtain an initial signal of each channel according to the amplitude modulation signal of each channel, thereby The initial signal of each channel is subjected to subcarrier amplitude modulation to avoid the specific process of the signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception.
  • the method includes:
  • the transmitting end device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple amplitude modulated signals, where each The amplitude modulation signal of the path has multiple amplitudes.
  • the transmitting end device of the embodiment of the present application may be an LED lamp integrated with light capable of transmitting multiple different colors, for example, an RGB LED lamp integrated with a VLC module may be integrated, and the RGB LED lamp may send three channels. Parallel and independent optical signals.
  • the transmitting device needs to send the data to be transmitted to the receiving device, the transmitting device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and actually performs multiple modulation on the parallel multiple optical signals sent by the transmitting device to obtain multiple channels.
  • each channel of the amplitude modulation signal has a plurality of amplitudes, that is to say, each channel of the amplitude modulation signal includes a plurality of symbols, the plurality of symbols having a plurality of level values, and different levels of symbols can be carried Different data information in the data is transmitted.
  • the transmitting end device can transmit multiple parallel optical signals, after the multiple parallel optical signals are separately modulated, the obtained multi-channel amplitude modulated signals are multi-channel parallel.
  • the amplitude modulation signal, the amplitude modulation signal of different paths can carry different data information in the data to be transmitted.
  • a white LED that transmits a white light by a transmitting end device transmits all the color components of the transmitted white light (such as red orange, yellow, green, blue, purple, etc.) when the data to be transmitted is transmitted to the receiving device.
  • the same data information is sent in the component, and the white light signal has only two amplitudes, so the frequency utilization of the prior art is low; however, in the embodiment of the present application, the transmitting device can transmit multiple lights of different colors.
  • the signal therefore, after performing multiple modulations on each of the optical signals, a multi-channel amplitude modulated signal is obtained, and the multi-channel amplitude modulated signals are parallel and independent signals, so that they can carry different data information from the transmitted
  • the number of parallel branches of the optical signal increases the spectrum utilization of the camera communication system.
  • the obtained amplitude modulated signal includes symbols having a plurality of amplitudes, different The symbol of the amplitude can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the amount of the amplitude.
  • the spectrum utilization camera communication systems since a plurality of modulations are performed on each of the optical signals, the obtained amplitude modulated signal includes symbols having a plurality of amplitudes, different The symbol of the amplitude can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the amount of the amplitude.
  • the transmitting device adds a preset sequence before each of the amplitude modulation signals to obtain an initial signal of each channel, where the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal.
  • the sequence in this embodiment may include one symbol, and may further include multiple symbols, and the symbols included in the sequence do not carry valid data information of the data to be transmitted.
  • the sequence may include an indication of a phase by which the receiving end device may be instructed whether the phase modulation signal has undergone phase inversion.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the sequence, as long as it can indicate the state information of the multipath amplitude modulation signal.
  • the state information of the amplitude modulation signal may include whether the amplitude modulation signal has a phase reversal. Turn, or the starting position of the sequence, etc.
  • the preset sequence may also include multiple parallel sequence sub-symbols, the number of branches of the sequence is equal to the number of branches of the amplitude modulation signal, and the amplitude modulation signal of each channel for each channel is for each channel.
  • the amplitude modulation signal adds a sequence sub-symbol of the corresponding one of the sequences.
  • the transmitting device After the transmitting device adds a preset sequence to each channel's amplitude modulation signal, an initial signal for each channel is obtained. In the initial signal, before the sequence, the valid data information is followed.
  • S103 The source device performs Subcarrier Amplitude Modulation (SAM) on the initial signal of each channel to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel.
  • SAM Subcarrier Amplitude Modulation
  • S104 The transmitting end device sends multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving end device.
  • each channel's subcarrier modulation signal is obtained, so that each channel's subcarrier modulation signal is sent to the receiving device in parallel.
  • the transmitting device can also select an appropriate amplification factor for each subcarrier modulation signal and add an appropriate DC bias voltage (the DC bias voltage ensures undistorted transmission of the signal), thereby adding and adding DC
  • the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal of the bias voltage is sent to the receiving device in parallel. Based on the modulation characteristics of the SAM, when the receiving device receives multiple subcarrier modulation signals, it does not cause signal flicker, thereby ensuring signal stability between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
  • the receiving end device receives the multiple subcarrier modulation signals sent by the sending end device.
  • the receiving end device processes the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
  • the receiving end device may demodulate or parse the multiple subcarrier modulation signals, optionally, Determining the starting position of the sequence by combining the signal format of each subcarrier modulation signal, or determining whether the amplitude modulation signal has phase inversion or the like, and based on the obtained information, the receiving end device can receive the multipath
  • the subcarrier modulation signal performs compensation for nonlinear damage or phase reversal, color correction, and the like, thereby obtaining original data to be transmitted.
  • the specific manner in which the receiving end device processes the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is not limited, as long as it can obtain the data to be transmitted of the transmitting end device.
  • the transmitting end device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple parallel amplitude modulated signals, which are parallel and mutually independent signals, so they can carry different Data information, and thus the embodiment of the present application increases the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system from the number of parallel branches of the transmitted optical signal, and further, since multiple optical signals are applied to each channel, the obtained
  • the amplitude modulation signal includes symbols having multiple amplitudes, and the symbols of different amplitudes can carry different data information.
  • the embodiment of the present application further increases the spectrum utilization ratio of the camera communication system from the number of amplitudes; meanwhile, the transmitting device is based on The amplitude modulation signal and the preset sequence of each channel can obtain multiple initial signals, thereby performing subcarrier amplitude modulation on the initial signal of each channel to avoid signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception, thereby ensuring that the receiving end device is Receive the stability of the signal sent by the sender device to avoid its transmission Signal flashing. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application further improves the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system on the basis of ensuring flicker-free communication.
  • the preset sequence is specifically used for at least one of the following state information of the amplitude modulated signal: indicating a starting position of the sequence; indicating the subcarrier modulation signal Whether there is a phase error; indicating parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal.
  • the sequence may include various implementations, with particular reference to the first possible implementation, the second possible implementation, and the third possible implementation described below.
  • the implementation manner relates to the specific content of the foregoing preset sequence.
  • the sequence may specifically include: a first part, a second part, and a third part.
  • the first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes a plurality of parallel parallel amplitudes of K+l a first sub-symbol, where K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
  • the second part includes N second symbols, Each second symbol includes a second sub-symbol that is multiplexed in parallel and has a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols of each path The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, n is the number of branches of the optical signal transmitted by the transmitting device, and the second Partially for indicating to the receiving end device parameter information for determining a
  • the preset sequence includes three parts of different functions, and each part includes multiple parallel symbols.
  • the first part comprises a first symbol
  • the first symbol comprises a plurality of parallel first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l
  • the term “parallel” as used herein refers to that the sub-symbols of the plurality of branches at the same time are simultaneously Sent.
  • the transmitting device integrates an RGB LED, it can transmit three optical signals. Therefore, the sequence here also includes three sub-symbols, and the amplitude of the first symbol of the first portion can be [K+l, K+l, K +l], the first part is used to indicate the starting position of the sequence in the initial signal of each way.
  • the receiving end device may determine the starting position of the sequence in the multiple subcarrier modulation signal in combination with the first part and the symbol sending order when the transmitting end device that the receiving end device knows in advance sends the sequence. For specific determination methods, refer to the following description of the embodiments.
  • the second part may comprise N second symbols, n is the number of branches of the optical signal transmitted by the transmitting device, and each second symbol includes a plurality of parallel second sub-symbols having a first correlation relationship between the amplitudes, that is, a certain time is sent
  • the second symbol is actually a parallel multiplexed second sub-symbol, and the amplitude between the multiplexed second sub-symbols transmitted at that moment is correlated.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the second part includes N second symbols.
  • a second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a first correlation relationship, for example, assuming that the amplitude of the second symbol transmitted at the first moment is [-K, -K, -K], that is, when RGB When the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the LED at the first moment is -K, the amplitude of the green branch and the blue branch at the first moment can only be -K, assuming the second time sent at the second moment.
  • the amplitude of the symbol is [K, -K, -K], that is, when the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the RGB LED at the first moment is K, the green branch and the blue branch are at the first moment.
  • the amplitude can only be -K, that is, at each moment, there is a corresponding correlation between the amplitudes of the three second sub-symbols, that is, the amplitudes of the three second sub-symbols belonging to the same second symbol. There is an association between them.
  • the second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m.
  • the second sub-symbol may be a series of symbol strings continuously incremented to K from -K in steps of m, or may be a symbol string continuously decremented to -K in steps of m from K, or may be any Sequential Second sub-symbol.
  • the second part is configured to indicate to the receiving end device parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal, and the receiving end device can determine the gamma curve and the channel matrix of each path in combination with the second part, thereby
  • the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals perform nonlinear damage compensation and corresponding color correction.
  • the specific gamma curve and the determination of the channel matrix can be found in the following embodiments.
  • the third part comprises N third symbols
  • the third symbol comprises a third sub-symbol with multiple parallels and a second associated relationship of amplitudes
  • the amplitude of the N third symbols is a value obtained by performing an inverse operation on the amplitude of the second symbol of the second portion, that is, the third portion is actually all the first parts of the second part.
  • the amplitude of the two symbols is the sequence obtained after the inverse operation. It should be noted that the “inversion” here is only for the inverse of the amplitude, and does not limit the order of the third symbol of the third part, that is, the third part may be the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part.
  • the partial sequence obtained after the direct inversion may be the partial sequence obtained by rearranging all the obtained third symbols again after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part is directly inverted, and the embodiment of the present application is This is not a limitation.
  • the third portion is configured to, when the phase error of the subcarrier modulation signal occurs, indicate parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the third part includes N third symbols.
  • a third symbol includes a third sub-symbol that is three-way parallel and has a second correlation.
  • the order between the first part, the second part and the third part in the above sequence may be that the first part is in the front, the second part is in the middle, the third part is in the end, or the second part is in the front.
  • the first part is in the middle, the third part is in the end, and the third part is in the front, the first part is in the middle, the second part is in the end, and other arrangements are possible.
  • the order of the three parts in the embodiment of the present application Not limited.
  • the second symbol in the second part may be arranged in a certain order, or may be disordered in order
  • the arrangement of the third symbol in the third part may also be arranged in a certain order, or may be arranged in a disorderly manner. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device (for example, the transmission of the three-way optical signal is continued as an example), and further, as one of the first possible implementations, the second and third portions are used.
  • the second part may include a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps;
  • the third portion may include a three-way decreasing sub-symbol string, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is successively decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m; and the first correlation relationship includes: when the amplitude of the sub-symbol of any one of the paths is
  • the optional manner is directed to a possible form of the second part and the third part.
  • the sequence in FIG. 3 includes three sub-symbols.
  • the path sub-symbol is divided into a first part, a second part and a third part, and the first part marked in FIG. 3 includes a first symbol having an amplitude of [K+l, K+l, K+l], the first symbol It is composed of three first sub-symbols, which are a first sub-symbol of amplitude K+l of the red branch, a first sub-symbol of amplitude K+l of the green branch, and an amplitude of the blue branch.
  • the second part of Figure 3 includes three incremental substrings, each of which includes an incrementing subsymbol string.
  • Second sub-symbol the The amplitudes of the second sub-symbols are successively incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps.
  • the three-way incremental sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the amplitude of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols is continuously incremented to K at equal intervals of m from -K to form the incrementer.
  • the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted with the first correlation of -K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 3, when the red branch transmits the incremental symbol string, the green branch and the blue The amplitude of the second sub-symbol on the color branch is -K.
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is -K
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the green branch and the red branch is -K.
  • the third portion includes a three-way decreasing sub-symbol string
  • the decrementing sub-symbol string of each path includes Third sub-symbol
  • the The amplitudes of the third sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals of m in steps of K.
  • the three-way decrementing sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the decrement is formed when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals in m steps.
  • the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted with the second correlation of K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 3, when the red branch transmits the descending symbol string, the green branch and the blue
  • the amplitude of the third sub-symbol on the branch is K.
  • the amplitude of the third sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is K, when the blue branch transmits the decreasing symbol.
  • the amplitude of the third sub-symbol of the green branch and the red branch is K.
  • the incremental sub-symbol string and the other second sub-symbol in the second part are interchangeable with the descending sub-symbol string and the other third sub-symbol in the third part, that is, the second part includes the decrementing sub-symbol and a third sub-symbol, the third portion comprising an increasing sub-symbol string and a second sub-symbol.
  • the gamma curve and the channel matrix may be determined based on the second portion.
  • the determination of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix can be performed based on the third portion.
  • the first part, the second part, and the third part of the sequence may enable the receiving end device to determine the starting position of the sequence in each subcarrier modulation signal. And knowing whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal has phase inversion, and also obtaining the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel according to the second part or the third part, thereby receiving the multipath
  • the subcarrier modulation signal compensates for nonlinear damage and corresponding color correction, etc., improves the accuracy of the data recovery by the receiving end device, and ensures the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving end device.
  • another embodiment of the present application provides a schematic flowchart of a method for camera communication.
  • the embodiment relates to the foregoing
  • a possible implementation manner is that when the transmitting end device uses multiple modulations to be transmitted by the CIM to be transmitted, the receiving end device processes the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain a specific process of the data to be transmitted.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting end device as an example, that is, the sequence includes three sub-symbols as an example for description.
  • the foregoing S107 may specifically include:
  • the possibility between the amplitude of the symbol transmitted by the transmitting device and the amplitude of the symbol received by the receiving device is first described.
  • the sender device sends a symbol of [K+l, K+l, K+l]
  • the amplitude of the symbol received by the receiving device may be [K+l, K+l, K+l].
  • It may also be a symbol that is closer to the amplitude of [K+l, K+l, K+l], that is, the symbol sent by the transmitting device and the symbol received by the receiving device may be inconsistent due to the influence of the propagation medium and the surrounding environment.
  • the receiving end device receives the multipath amplitude modulation signal sent by the transmitting end device, and the receiving end device actually receives the symbol according to one symbol and then one symbol.
  • the receiving device determines whether the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch on which it is located. If so, the following S202 to S204 are performed, and if not, S205 and S206 are executed.
  • S202 If the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch road, according to the preset order The symbol transmission order of the columns and the symbols determine the starting position of the sequence. S203 and S204 are performed.
  • the receiving end device determines that the amplitude of the three sub-symbols of the currently received symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, the receiving end device determines that the currently received sub-carrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal does not have a phase. Inversion (here, it should be noted that the sign of the three-way sub-symbols whose amplitude is the maximum amplitude of the branch will only appear in the first part, and the second part and the third part will not appear such symbols).
  • the receiving device can determine the amplitude of the current three-way sub-symbol as the maximum amplitude of the branch on the branch in combination with the symbol transmission sequence of the sequence.
  • the symbol is located at the first position, and then the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal is determined according to the position of the current symbol, and then according to the length of the sequence and the starting position, it is known from which position is valid data. The location of the symbol.
  • the transmitting device transmits a first symbol of amplitude [K+l, K+l, K+l] at the Yth position, when the receiving device receives a symbol, and the symbol
  • the amplitude of the three sub-symbols is the maximum amplitude of the branch, and the receiving device determines that the symbol is the Yth symbol, so that the receiving device can learn to push Y-1 from the Y position according to the length of the sequence.
  • the position after the symbol is the starting position of the sequence. If the receiving device detects the next symbol again, the symbol is the valid data symbol, that is, the first symbol of the X symbols in FIG.
  • the amplitude of the above three sub-symbols whose maximum amplitude is on the branch may be the first symbol.
  • S203 Determine a second part and a third part of the sequence according to the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence.
  • the receiving end device may combine the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol sending order of the sequence, that is, the receiving end device may The starting position and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the lengths of the second part and the third part, respectively. For example, if the length of the sequence is Y symbols, the lengths of the second part and the third part are both (Y-1) /2 symbols, then the receiving device can combine the sequence of symbol transmissions of the sequence, knowing that the received symbol is located at the first position of the sequence, and combining the amplitudes of the three sub-symbols of the symbol to determine the currently received Whether the symbol belongs to the second part or the third part.
  • the receiving device can combine the amplitude of the symbol and the symbol transmission sequence of the sequence to know that the symbol is located at the first position. It is determined that the amplitude of the symbol will only appear in the second portion, and therefore, the symbol determining the position is the symbol of the second portion.
  • the length of the sequence, and the waveform of the symbol in the sequence ie, the association relationship of the three sub-symbols
  • which symbols belong to the second part, and which symbols belong to the third part that is, The second and third parts of the sequence.
  • the receiving end device determines the second part and the third part of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, since the receiving end device determines that the subcarrier modulation signal does not undergo phase inversion, the receiving end device determines to adopt subcarrier modulation.
  • the second part of the sequence in the signal determines the Gamma curve and the channel matrix. For the specific determination manner, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6.
  • each subcarrier modulation signal corresponds to a Gamma curve, that is, the receiving end device needs to determine the gamma curve of each channel according to the three-way sub-symbol of the sequence, but the multi-channel sub-carrier modulation signal corresponds to one channel matrix at the same time. .
  • S205 If the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch, determining that the sub-carrier modulation signal has a phase error, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol. Thereafter, S206 and S207 are executed.
  • the receiving end device determines that the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the currently received symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch
  • the receiving end device determines that the currently received sub-carrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal has a phase inverse.
  • the sign of the three-way sub-symbols whose amplitude is the minimum amplitude of the branch will only appear in the first part, and the second part and the third part will not appear such symbols).
  • the receiving device can determine the amplitude of the current three-way sub-symbol as the minimum amplitude of the branch on the branch in combination with the symbol transmission sequence of the sequence.
  • the symbol is located at the first position, and then the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal is determined according to the position of the current symbol, and then according to the length of the sequence and the starting position, it is known from which position is valid data. The location of the symbol.
  • the transmitting device transmits a symbol of amplitude [-Kl, -Kl, -Kl] at the Yth position, when the receiving device receives a symbol, and the amplitude of the three sub-symbols of the symbol
  • the minimum amplitude is on the branch, and the receiving device determines that the symbol is the Yth symbol, so that the receiving device can know that the position after pushing the Y-1 symbols from the Y position is based on the length of the sequence.
  • the starting position of the sequence if the receiving device detects the next symbol again, the symbol is the valid data symbol, that is, the first symbol of the X symbols in FIG.
  • the amplitude of the above three sub-symbols whose minimum amplitude is on the branch may be the symbol of the amplitude [-K-l, -K-l, -K-l] transmitted by the transmitting device.
  • the receiving end device determines to adopt the third part.
  • Obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix The acquisition method can be referred to the following steps 5 and 6 in which the receiving end device uses the second part to acquire the Gamma curve and the channel matrix, and only needs to replace the second part with the third part.
  • the manner of obtaining is similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • each subcarrier modulation signal corresponds to a Gamma curve, that is, the receiving end device needs to determine the gamma curve of each channel according to the three-way sub-symbol of the sequence, but the multi-channel sub-carrier modulation signal corresponds to one channel matrix at the same time. .
  • the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel can still be obtained according to the third part of the sequence.
  • S207 Process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
  • the received multi-subcarrier modulation signal is processed by using the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each path, where the subcarrier modulation is performed for one way.
  • the processing method of the subcarrier modulation signal of each of the other channels is the same, and the path is assumed to be the subcarrier modulation signal of the A channel, and the specific processing manner is as follows: the receiving device is based on the Gamma curve of the A channel.
  • the subcarrier modulation signal of channel A is nonlinearly compensated, and the compensated modulated signal is color-corrected according to the obtained channel matrix to obtain the corrected signal of each channel, and then the receiving device according to the corrected signal of the path And the length of the amplitude modulation signal of the original A way, delete the sequence in the corrected signal of the path (here the sequence refers to Is the sequence sub-symbol located in the path in the above sequence), and obtains the amplitude modulation signal of the A path.
  • the sequence in the corrected signal here the sequence refers to Is the sequence sub-symbol located in the path in the above sequence
  • it may be deleted every X valid data information or valid data symbols.
  • Y sequence subsymbols when deleting the sequence in the corrected signal, it may be deleted every X valid data information or valid data symbols.
  • the receiving end device uses the CIM to demodulate the amplitude modulated signal of the A channel to obtain valid data information of the data to be transmitted transmitted on the road. Since the receiving end device processes the subcarrier modulation signals of each channel in parallel, finally, the complete data to be transmitted can be obtained.
  • the receiving end device may further send, according to the obtained Gamma curve of each path, the information of the Gamma curve of each path to the transmitting end device, where the information of the Gamma curve is used to indicate that the transmitting end device uses the Gamma curve to the subcarrier.
  • the modulated signal is nonlinearly compensated to obtain a compensated modulated signal; after receiving the information of the Gamma curve of each channel transmitted by the receiving device, the transmitting device combines the Gamma curve of each channel to perform the non-subcarrier modulated signal of each channel.
  • the transmitting device transmits the obtained compensated modulated signal to each of the receiving devices in parallel, so that the receiving device can perform all the channels according to the obtained channel matrix.
  • the compensated modulated signal is color-corrected to obtain a corrected signal, and then the sequence in the corrected signal is deleted according to the length of the corrected signal and the amplitude modulated signal, and an amplitude modulated signal is obtained and demodulated Get the data to be transmitted. This optional method greatly simplifies the operation of the receiving device and saves the processing overhead of the receiving device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of obtaining a Gamma curve according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of acquiring a channel matrix according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for acquiring a Gamma curve according to the second part includes:
  • the second part acquires a Gamma curve of each path, specifically: the receiving end device according to any two subpaths in each path in the second part.
  • the difference between the amplitudes of the symbols is a multiple of the step size m Second sub-symbol, obtaining a step relationship with the amplitude
  • the sub-symbol corresponding to the second sub-symbol (the number of sub-symbols is also ()
  • these sub-symbols are non-equal-increasing sub-symbols. Based on the non-equal interval incrementing sub-symbols, the receiving end device performs a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine a Gamma curve for each path.
  • An embodiment of obtaining a channel matrix by using the second part in FIG. 6 may specifically include the following steps:
  • S401 Obtain, from the received symbol, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [K, -K, -K]; wherein, [K, -K, -K] is characterized
  • the first received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K.
  • S402 Acquire, from the received symbol, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [-K, K, -K]; wherein, [-K, K, -K] is characterized
  • the second received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is -K
  • S403 Acquire, from the received symbol, a third received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [-K, -K, K]; wherein, [-K, -K, K] is characterized
  • the third received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch and the second branch is -K and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is K.
  • the symbol received by the receiving end device includes a sequence of multiple sub-symbols.
  • the receiving end device determines the channel matrix according to the received symbol
  • the sending mechanism may be the sending mechanism in the foregoing S401 to S403 (the foregoing S401 to S403 are not strictly time-limited, and the three may be executed in parallel, and may be executed one after the other. This is not limited.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the sending device.
  • the above sending mechanism may be: the receiving device can obtain the symbol corresponding to the transmitting device with the amplitude of [K, -K, -K] from the received symbol.
  • the first receiving symbol at the same time, the receiving end device can also obtain, from the received symbol, the second receiving symbol corresponding to the sending end device transmitting the symbol of amplitude [-K, K, -K], and
  • the third received symbol corresponding to the symbol sent by the transmitting device with the amplitude of [-K, -K, K] is obtained from the received symbols.
  • [K, -K, -K] characterizes the first received symbol as the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch The symbol corresponding to -K, [-K, K, -K] characterizes the second received symbol as the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K
  • the second sub-symbol of the second branch The amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is the symbol corresponding to -K
  • [-K, -K, K] characterizes the third received symbol as the first branch and the second
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the branch is -K
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is K.
  • the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third received symbol are symbols having three sub-symbols, each of the sub-symbols having respective amplitudes and receiving
  • the end device performs corresponding arrangement of the first received symbol, the second received symbol and the third received symbol to obtain a channel matrix having 9 elements in the channel matrix.
  • the receiving end device obtains the channel matrix and the gamma curve for each path. Then, the receiving end device processes the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal based on the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • the transmitting device uses the CIM to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts the sequence of the sequence in the first possible implementation manner, and then based on the sequence of the sequence.
  • the receiving end device can learn, by using the first part of the sequence, whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted, and determining the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combining the starting position,
  • the length of the sequence and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the second part and the third part of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the second part is used or the third part is used to determine the channel matrix and each path
  • the gamma curve and then adopting the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel, performing nonlinear compensation, color correction, demodulation and the like on the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signals to obtain data to be transmitted, thereby greatly improving the receiving end.
  • the third part of the sequence may be used to determine the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel when the phase is in error. Further ensure the accuracy of data restoration.
  • the implementation manner relates to another specific content of the foregoing preset sequence.
  • the sequence may specifically include: a first part and a second part; the first part includes N first symbol, Each first symbol includes a first sub-symbol that is multiplexed in parallel and has a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, n is the number of branches of the optical signal transmitted by the transmitting device; the second The portion includes N second symbols, the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols having parallel and amplitudes having a preset second association, the amplitude
  • the first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  • the preset sequence includes two parts of different functions, and each part includes multiple parallel symbols.
  • the first part may include N first symbols, n is the number of branches of the optical signal sent by the transmitting device, and each first symbol includes a plurality of parallel first sub-symbols having a first association relationship between the amplitudes, that is, a certain time is sent
  • the first symbol is actually sent the parallel multi-channel first sub-symbol, and the amplitude between the multiple parallel first sub-symbols transmitted at this moment is correlated.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the first part includes N first symbols.
  • a first symbol includes three first parallel sub-symbols having the first correlation relationship, for example, assuming that the amplitude of the first symbol transmitted at the first moment is [-K, -K, -K], that is, when RGB When the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the LED at the first moment is -K, the amplitude of the green branch and the blue branch at the first moment can only be -K, assuming the first time sent at the first moment.
  • the amplitude of the symbol is [K, -K, -K], that is, when the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the RGB LED at the first moment is K, the green branch and the blue branch are at the first moment.
  • the amplitude can only be -K, that is, at each moment, there is a corresponding correlation between the amplitudes of the three first sub-symbols, that is, the amplitudes of the three first sub-symbols belonging to the same first symbol. There is an association between them.
  • the first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m.
  • the remaining The first sub-symbol may be a series of symbol strings continuously incremented to K from -K in steps of m, or may be a symbol string continuously decremented to -K in steps of m from K, or may be arbitrary Sequential The first sub-symbol.
  • the second part comprises N second symbols
  • the second symbol comprises a second sub-symbol with multiple parallel and amplitudes having a preset second association relationship
  • the amplitude of the N second symbols is a value obtained by performing an inverse operation on the amplitude of the first symbol of the first portion, that is, the second portion is actually the second possible implementation manner described above.
  • the amplitude of all the first symbols of the first part of the sequence is performed after the inverse operation.
  • the “inversion” here is only for the inverse of the amplitude, and does not limit the order of the second symbol of the second part, that is, the second part may be the amplitude of the first symbol of the first part directly
  • the partial sequence obtained after the negation may be a partial sequence obtained by rearranging all the obtained second symbols again after the amplitude of the first symbol of the first part is directly inverted, which is the embodiment of the present application.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the second part includes N second symbols.
  • a second symbol includes a third sub-symbol having three parallels and a second correlation.
  • the first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and parameter information for indicating to the receiving end device a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for determining the amplitude modulated signal.
  • the start position of the sequence in the multiple subcarrier modulation signals may be determined based on the first portion and the second portion of the sequence (ie, as described above, the sequence includes multiple sub-symbols) And determining a channel matrix corresponding to the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal based on the sequence, and a Gamma curve corresponding to each sub-carrier modulation signal.
  • the specific Gamma curve and the channel matrix refer to the description of the following embodiments.
  • first part and the second part in the above sequence may be that the first part is in front and the second part is in the back, or the second part is in front and the first part is in the back.
  • the order of the two parts is not limited.
  • the first symbol in the first part may be arranged in a certain order, or may be a disordered manner.
  • the second symbol in the second part may also be arranged in a certain order, or may be arranged in a disordered manner. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the first part may include three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps;
  • the second portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbol strings of each way include a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the optional manner is directed to a possible form of the first part and the second part.
  • the sequence in FIG. 7 includes three sub-symbols, and the three-way sub-symbol The symbol is divided into a first part and a second part.
  • the first part of Figure 7 includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, each of which increments the sub-symbol string including First sub-symbol, the The amplitudes of the first sub-symbols are successively incremented to K from -K starting at intervals of m.
  • the three-way incremental sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the amplitude of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols is continuously incremented to K at equal intervals of m from -K to form the incrementer.
  • the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted with the first correlation of -K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 7, when the red branch transmits the incremental symbol string, the green branch and the blue
  • the amplitude of the first sub-symbol on the color branch is -K.
  • the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is -K
  • the amplitude of the first sub-symbol on the green branch and the red branch is -K.
  • the waveform of the second portion in FIG. 7 is opposite in amplitude to the waveform of the first portion, the second portion includes a three-way decreasing sub-symbol string, and the decrementing sub-symbol string of each path includes Third sub-symbol, the The amplitudes of the second sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals of m in steps of K.
  • the three-way decrementing sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the decrement is formed when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals in m steps.
  • the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted in a second relationship of K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 7, when the red branch transmits the descending symbol string, the green branch and the blue
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol on the branch is K.
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is K
  • the blue branch transmits the decreasing symbol
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the green branch and the red branch is K.
  • the first part and the second part of the sequence may enable the receiving end device to determine the starting position of the sequence in each subcarrier modulation signal, and obtain the receiving Whether the subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal to the phase inversion occurs, and the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel are obtained according to the first part and the second part, thereby performing the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals.
  • the compensation of the nonlinear damage and the corresponding color correction improve the accuracy of the data recovery at the receiving end device and ensure the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving device.
  • another embodiment of the present application provides a schematic flowchart of a method for camera communication.
  • the embodiment relates to the foregoing.
  • the transmitting end device uses multiple modulations to be transmitted by the CSK to be transmitted data
  • the receiving end device processes the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain a specific process of the data to be transmitted.
  • the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting end device as an example, that is, the sequence includes three sub-symbols as an example for description.
  • the foregoing S107 may specifically include:
  • the receiving end device when receiving the multiple subcarrier modulation signals, the receiving end device receives one symbol and then one symbol, but because the symbol is continuously transmitted, the receiving end device does not know the currently received symbol when receiving. It is the first symbol, and it is necessary to combine the order of symbol transmission of the preset sequence and the amplitude of the detected symbol to know that the currently received symbol is the first symbol.
  • the receiving end device detects one symbol of the sequence, and detects another symbol of the sequence again after the preset number of symbols, the order of sending the two symbols to each other satisfies the symbol sending order of the sequence. Then, the receiving device determines that the "one symbol" received before is the starting position of the sequence. To illustrate this step more clearly, here is a simple example to illustrate:
  • the sequence of symbol transmission in its sequence is C symbol (amplitude K1), A symbol (amplitude is K2), B symbol (amplitude is K3), F symbol (amplitude is -K3), E symbol (Amplitude is -K2), D symbol (amplitude is -K1), wherein the A symbol, the B symbol, the C symbol are the first symbol of the first part, the F symbol, the E symbol, and the D symbol are the second symbol of the second part, 6
  • Each symbol includes a three-way sub-symbol.
  • the amplitudes of K1, K2, K3, -K1, -K2, and -K3 are all a generation. It is actually composed of the amplitudes of three sub-symbols. Simplify the description, and set the preset number of intervals to three.
  • the receiving end device When the receiving end device detects the C symbol of amplitude K1 and then detects the E symbol of amplitude -K2 again after three symbols, the receiving device knows the order between the C symbol and the E symbol. That is, the receiving device knows that the transmitting device is the first to transmit the C symbol and the fifth to transmit the E symbol when transmitting the sequence. Therefore, the receiving device determines that the order between the C symbol and the E symbol is currently satisfied.
  • the symbol transmission order the receiving device can determine the current C symbol according to the C symbol, that is, the sequence start position.
  • the receiving end device detects the A symbol and then detects a D symbol again after three symbols are separated, since the receiving end device knows that the transmitting end device is the second transmitting A symbol when transmitting the sequence, the sixth sending The D symbol, therefore, the receiving end device determines that the order between the A symbol and the D symbol is currently detected to satisfy the symbol transmission order of the sequence, so the receiving end device learns that the A symbol is the second position of the sequence, adjacent to the A symbol. The previous symbol is the starting position of the sequence.
  • S502 Determine whether the subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error according to a symbol transmission order of the sequence and an amplitude of the one symbol and an amplitude of the another symbol; if not, execute S503, and if yes, execute S504.
  • the receiving end device when the receiving end device detects the C symbol with the amplitude K1, and then intervals the three symbols, the E symbol with the amplitude of -K2 is detected again, because the receiving end device has Knowing the order between the C symbol and the E symbol sent by the transmitting device (ie, the receiving device knows that the transmitting device is the first to transmit the C symbol and the fifth to transmit the E symbol) and the known two The respective amplitudes of the symbols, therefore, the receiving end device determines that the order between the C symbol of the current detected K1 and the E symbol of the amplitude -K2 satisfies the symbol transmission order of the sequence, and the amplitude order of the two symbols is also related to the sequence.
  • the amplitudes of the symbols in the symbol transmission order are identical, so the receiving device can determine that the subcarrier modulation signal does not have a phase error. It should be noted here that the amplitude of the C symbol and the amplitude of the E symbol detected by the receiving end device may have some error with the amplitude of the C symbol sent by the transmitting end device and the amplitude of the E symbol, but the error does not cause the receiving end device. Identify errors, such as identifying C symbols as other symbols.
  • the receiving device detects a symbol with the amplitude -K1 and detects a symbol with the amplitude K2 again after the interval of 3 symbols, the receiving device knows that the transmitting device transmits the symbol and amplitude with the amplitude K1.
  • the order between the symbols of -K2 and the respective amplitudes of the two symbols are known. Therefore, the receiving end device determines the order in which the symbol having the amplitude of -K1 and the symbol of the amplitude K2 are currently detected and the symbol transmission order of the sequence.
  • the amplitudes of the symbols in the phase are opposite, so the receiving device can determine that the subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error, and determine that the detected position of the symbol of -K1 is the starting position of the sequence.
  • the receiving end device may determine the first part and the second part of the sequence by combining the length of the sequence and the symbol transmission order of the sequence or the waveform of the sequence.
  • S503 if there is no phase error, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the first part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data. .
  • the receiving end device uses the first part of the sequence to obtain a Gamma curve corresponding to the channel matrix and each subcarrier modulation signal, and the specific Gamma curve acquisition manner.
  • the receiving end device uses the first part of the sequence to obtain a Gamma curve corresponding to the channel matrix and each subcarrier modulation signal, and the specific Gamma curve acquisition manner.
  • the symbol can be, that is, according to the difference between the amplitudes of any two first sub-symbols on each road in the first part is a multiple of the step size m First sub-symbol, obtained and described Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol; The sub-symbols corresponding to the first sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path. The specific process will not be described in detail here.
  • the specific channel matrix can be obtained by referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and only the second sub-symbol needs to be replaced with the first sub-symbol in the embodiment, that is, from the receiving.
  • the first received symbol corresponding to the symbol sent by the transmitting device with the amplitude of [K, -K, -K] is obtained from the received symbol; and the transmitted amplitude of the received device is obtained from the transmitting device as [-K a second received symbol corresponding to the symbol of , K, -K]; obtaining a third corresponding to the symbol transmitted by the transmitting device from the receiving device with the amplitude of [-K, -K, K] Receiving a symbol; wherein [K, -K, -K] characterizes the first received symbol as when the first sub-symbol of the first branch has an amplitude of K, the first branch of the second branch and the third branch The symbol corresponds to the sign corresponding to -K; [-K, K, -K
  • the multi-subcarrier modulation signal may be processed based on the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel to obtain the
  • the demodulation mode is different.
  • the SIM uses CIM demodulation.
  • the CSK is performed. Demodulation.
  • S504 if there is a phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data. .
  • the receiving end device uses the second part of the sequence to obtain a Gamma curve corresponding to the channel matrix and each subcarrier modulation signal, and the specific Gamma curve acquisition manner.
  • the second portion in FIG. 5 it is only necessary to replace the second portion in FIG. 5 with the second portion in the present embodiment (the second portion in FIG. 5 and the second portion in the present embodiment).
  • the meaning of the reference is different.
  • the second sub-symbol in FIG. 5 may be replaced by the second sub-symbol in the embodiment, that is, according to the amplitude of any two second sub-symbols on each road in the second part.
  • the difference between the steps is a multiple of the step size m Second sub-symbol, obtained and described Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol;
  • the sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path. The specific process will not be described in detail here.
  • the specific mode of the channel matrix can be referred to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and only the second sub-symbol in FIG. 6 needs to be replaced with the second sub-symbol in the embodiment, that is, from the receiving.
  • Get and send to the symbol The first receiving symbol corresponding to the end device transmitting the symbol of the amplitude [K, -K, -K]; obtaining the transmission amplitude from the received symbol with the transmitting device is [-K, K, -K] a second received symbol corresponding to the symbol; obtaining, from the received symbol, a third received symbol corresponding to a symbol transmitted by the transmitting device with an amplitude of [-K, -K, K]; wherein, [ K, -K, -K] characterizes that the first received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K
  • the multi-subcarrier modulation signal may be processed based on the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel to obtain the For the specific data processing, refer to the description about S207 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the method for camera communication when the transmitting device uses CSK to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts the sequence of the sequence in the second possible implementation manner, and then based on the sequence of the sequence.
  • the receiving end device can jointly determine whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted by using the first part and the second part of the sequence, and determining a starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combining the The starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the first portion and the second portion of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the first portion or the second portion is used to determine the channel matrix and The Gamma curve of each channel, and then the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel are used to perform nonlinear compensation, color correction, demodulation and the like on the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signals, thereby obtaining data to be transmitted, which greatly improves the data
  • the embodiment of the present application can also determine the second part of the sequence when the phase occurs.
  • the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel further ensure the accuracy of data restoration; further, the embodiment of the present application solves the problem that the CSK signal cannot be transmitted in the OCC system using the low speed camera, and the camera communication is expanded. Scope of application.
  • the implementation manner relates to another specific content of the foregoing preset sequence.
  • the sequence may include a first portion and a second portion; the first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal;
  • the two parts include all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points for instructing the receiving end device to train the decider according to the second part, and the determiner is configured to acquire the to-be-acquired according to the signal received by the receiving end device transfer data.
  • the receiving end device can use the sequence to determine the starting position of the sequence, and use the second part to train the decider, and obtain the blocked subcarrier modulation signal from the received blocker through the determiner. Data to be transmitted.
  • the foregoing S107 may specifically include:
  • the receiving end device when receiving the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal, the receiving end device receives one symbol and then one symbol, and when the receiving end device detects any symbol, if the symbol is located outside the multiple modulation constellation points
  • the receiving device can determine the starting position of the sequence in combination with the symbol and the symbol sequence of the known sequence. For the specific determining manner, refer to the determining manner of S501 in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • S602 Train the decider according to the starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence.
  • S603 Acquire, according to the determiner, the data to be transmitted from the multiple subcarrier modulation signals.
  • the embodiment does not need to perform the RGB three-way sub-symbol received by the camera, and does not need nonlinear compensation, color correction, phase error determination, etc., but introduces machine learning.
  • a method for determining a second portion of the sequence by using the determined starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence, and then using the second portion to train the determiner of the receiving device, After the judging device learns successfully, the determiner can be used to obtain the data to be transmitted from the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit how to obtain the judging device.
  • the method for camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application cancels operations such as nonlinear compensation, color correction, and phase error elimination of the receiving device, but trains the decider based on the second part of the sequence, and uses the determiner to restore the to-be-transmitted
  • the data simplifies the complexity of the receiving device.
  • the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed.
  • the foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device may be the sender device device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be integrated in the sender device device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the apparatus includes: a first modulation module 10, a sequence addition module 11, a second modulation module 12, and a transmission module 13.
  • the first modulation module 10 is configured to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted to obtain a multi-channel amplitude modulation signal, where each channel of the amplitude modulation signal has multiple amplitudes;
  • the sequence adding module 11 is configured to add a preset sequence before each of the amplitude modulation signals to obtain an initial signal of each channel; wherein the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal;
  • the second modulation module 12 is configured to perform subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM on the initial signal of each channel to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel;
  • the sending module 13 is configured to send multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving end device.
  • the first modulation module 10 and the second modulation module 12 and the sequence adding module 11 may correspond to components having processing and control functions, such as a processor or a microprocessor unit in the transmitting device, or The other components of the VLC module are integrated.
  • the transmitting module 13 may be an optical communication unit in the transmitting device, for example, an LED capable of transmitting multiple optical signals.
  • the apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
  • Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  • the sequence when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
  • the first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l
  • the K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
  • the second portion includes N second symbols, Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
  • the second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
  • the third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  • the second part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence when the multiple modulation is color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first part and a second part;
  • the first portion includes N first symbols, Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
  • the first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
  • the second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
  • the first portion and the second portion are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and to The receiving end device indicates parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal.
  • the first part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps;
  • the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence includes a first part and a second part
  • the first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal
  • the second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device.
  • the data to be transmitted is mentioned.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device may further include: a receiving module 14 and a compensation module 15.
  • the receiving module 14 can be a camera device or a video recording device or the like on the above-mentioned transmitting device device.
  • the receiving module 14 is configured to receive information about a gamma gamma curve determined by the receiving end device according to the sequence;
  • the compensation module 15 is configured to perform Gamma nonlinear compensation on each subcarrier modulation signal according to the information of the Gamma curve to obtain a multipath compensated modulation signal;
  • the sending module 13 is further configured to send the multiplexed modulated signal to the receiving end device.
  • the apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device may be the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment, and may also be integrated in the receiving device device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the apparatus includes: a receiving module 20 and a processing module 21; optionally, the apparatus may further include a transmitting module 22.
  • the receiving module 20 is configured to receive the multiple subcarrier modulation signals sent by the sending end device, where the multiple subcarrier modulation signals are signals obtained by subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM for the initial signal of each path of the transmitting end device,
  • the initial signal is generated by the transmitting end device according to a preset sequence and an amplitude modulated signal obtained by performing multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulated signal;
  • the processing module 21 is configured to process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • the sending module 22 may be an optical communication unit in the receiving device, for example, an LED capable of transmitting multiple optical signals
  • the receiving module 20 may be a camera device or a video recording device in the receiving device.
  • the processing module 21 may correspond to a processor or a microprocessor unit or the like in the receiving device device.
  • the components that handle and control functions can also be other components that integrate the VLC module.
  • the apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
  • Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  • the sequence when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first part, a second part, and a third part;
  • the first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l
  • the K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
  • the second portion includes N second symbols, Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
  • the second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
  • the third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  • the second part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence when the multiple modulation is color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first part and a second part;
  • the first portion includes N first symbols, Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
  • the first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
  • the second portion includes N second symbols, the second symbol includes three parallel channels, and the amplitude has a preset number a second sub-symbol of the second association, the amplitude of the N second symbols being a value obtained by performing an inverse operation on the amplitude of the first symbol of the first portion;
  • the first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  • the first part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps;
  • the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence includes a first part and a second part
  • the first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal
  • the second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device.
  • the data to be transmitted is mentioned.
  • the processing module 21 is specifically configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, according to a symbol transmission order of the preset sequence and the symbol determining a starting position of the sequence, and determining a second portion of the sequence according to the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence And a third part; and, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • processing module 21 is specifically configured to acquire a gamma curve according to the second part, and specifically includes:
  • the processing module 21 is specifically configured to use, according to the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the second portion, a multiple of the step size m Second sub-symbol, obtained and described Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol, and for each of the roads The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
  • processing module 21 is specifically configured to acquire a channel matrix according to the second part, and specifically includes:
  • the processing module 21 is specifically configured to: acquire, from the received symbol, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [K, -K, -K]; wherein, [K, -K, -K] characterizing the first received symbol when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K Corresponding symbols; and obtaining, from the received symbols, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting device with an amplitude of [-K, K, -K]; wherein, [-K, K, -K] characterizing the second received symbol as the second of the first branch
  • the amplitude of the sub-symbol is K
  • the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K
  • the sign of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is -K
  • the processing module 21 is further configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch on the branch, Determining a phase error of the subcarrier modulation signal, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol; and obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third portion; and, according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix pair
  • the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • the processing module 21 is specifically configured to: when detecting a symbol in the sequence, and detect the sequence again after a preset number of symbols are separated Another symbol, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; an order of the one symbol and the another symbol satisfies a symbol transmission order of a preset sequence; and, according to the symbol of the sequence Transmitting order and amplitude of said one symbol and amplitude of said another symbol determining whether said subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error; if there is no phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to said first portion, and according to The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted; if there is a phase error, acquire a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and according to the The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data
  • the processing module 21 is configured to process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted, and specifically includes:
  • the processing module 21 is specifically configured to: when detecting any one of the plurality of modulation constellation points, determine a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol transmission order of the any one of the symbols and the preset sequence; The starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence training the decider; and acquiring the data to be transmitted from the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the decider.
  • the processing module 21 is specifically configured to modulate the multiple subcarriers according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  • the processing is performed to obtain the data to be transmitted, which specifically includes:
  • the processing module 21 is configured to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal according to the Gamma curve, and perform color correction on the compensated modulation signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal, and according to the Decoding the corrected signal and the amplitude of the amplitude modulated signal, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal; and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted
  • the sending module 22 is configured to send information about the Gamma curve to the sending end device, where the information of the Gamma curve is
  • the receiving module 20 is further configured to receive the compensation sent by the sending end device by using the gamma curve to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal to obtain a compensated modulated signal.
  • the processing module 21 is specifically configured to perform, according to the corrected signal and the amplitude modulated signal Length, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal, obtaining the amplitude modulated signal, and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the to-be-transmitted Lose data.
  • the apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device in which the camera communicates may include a processor 30, a memory 31, at least one communication bus 32, and a transmitter 33.
  • the device communicated by the camera may further include a receiver 34.
  • Communication bus 32 is used to implement a communication connection between components.
  • the memory 31 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory NVM, such as at least one disk memory, in which various programs may be stored for performing various processing functions and implementing the method steps of the present embodiment.
  • the transmitter 33 in this embodiment may be an LED light integrated with a VLC module in the sending device
  • the receiver 34 in this embodiment may be a camera device or a video recording device on the sending device device. Wait.
  • the processor 30 is configured to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted to obtain a multi-channel amplitude modulated signal, wherein each of the amplitude modulated signals has multiple amplitudes; and adding a pre-amplitude before each of the amplitude modulated signals
  • the sequence is set to obtain an initial signal of each channel, and subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM is performed on each channel initial signal to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel; wherein the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal ;
  • the transmitter 33 is configured to send multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving end device.
  • the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
  • Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  • the sequence when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
  • the first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l
  • the K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
  • the second portion includes N second symbols, Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
  • the second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
  • the third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  • the second part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence when the multiple modulation is color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first part and a second part;
  • the first portion includes N first symbols, Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
  • the first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
  • the second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
  • the first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  • the first part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps;
  • the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence includes a first part and a second part
  • the first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal
  • the second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device.
  • the data to be transmitted is mentioned.
  • the receiver 34 is configured to receive information about a gamma gamma curve determined by the receiving end device according to the sequence;
  • the processor 30 is further configured to perform Gamma nonlinear compensation on each subcarrier modulation signal according to the information of the Gamma curve to obtain a multipath compensated modulation signal;
  • the transmitter 33 is further configured to send the multiplexed modulated signal to the receiving end device.
  • the apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device in which the camera communicates may include a processor 40, a memory 41, at least one communication bus 42 and a receiver 43.
  • the device communicated by the camera may further include a transmitter 44.
  • Communication bus 42 is used to implement a communication connection between components.
  • the memory 41 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory NVM, such as at least one disk memory, in which various programs may be stored for performing various processing functions and implementing the method steps of the present embodiment.
  • the receiver 43 in this embodiment may be a camera device or a video recording device on the receiving device device.
  • the transmitter 44 in this embodiment may be an LED integrated with the VLC module in the receiving device device. light.
  • the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
  • Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  • the sequence when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first part, a second part, and a third part;
  • the first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l
  • the K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
  • the second portion includes N second symbols, Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
  • the second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
  • the third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  • the second part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence includes: a first portion and a second portion;
  • the first portion includes N first symbols, Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
  • the first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
  • the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
  • the second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
  • the first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  • the first part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps;
  • the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
  • the first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
  • the second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  • the sequence includes a first part and a second part
  • the first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal
  • the second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device.
  • the data to be transmitted is mentioned.
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three sub-symbols of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, according to a symbol transmission order of the preset sequence and the symbol determining a starting position of the sequence, and determining a second portion of the sequence according to the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence And a third part; and, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to acquire a gamma curve according to the second part, and specifically includes:
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to use, according to the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the second portion, a multiple of the step size m Second sub-symbol, obtained and described Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol, and for each of the roads The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to acquire a channel matrix according to the second part, and specifically includes:
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to: acquire, from the received symbols, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [K, -K, -K]; wherein, [K, -K, -K] characterizing the first received symbol when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K Corresponding symbols; and obtaining, from the received symbols, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting device with an amplitude of [-K, K, -K]; wherein, [-K, K, - K] characterizing the second received symbol when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the second sub-symbol of the third branch a symbol corresponding to the amplitude of -K; and,
  • the processor 40 is further configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch on the branch, Determining a phase error of the subcarrier modulation signal, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol; and obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third portion; and, according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix pair
  • the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to: when detecting a symbol in the sequence, and detect the sequence again after a preset number of symbols are separated Another symbol, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; an order of the one symbol and the another symbol satisfies a symbol transmission order of a preset sequence; and, according to the symbol of the sequence Transmitting order and amplitude of said one symbol and amplitude of said another symbol determining whether said subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error; if there is no phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to said first portion, and according to The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted; if there is a phase error, acquire a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and according to the The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to
  • the processor 40 is configured to process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted, and specifically includes:
  • the processor 40 is configured to: when detecting any one of the plurality of modulation constellation points, determine a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol transmission order of the any one of the symbols and the preset sequence; The starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence training the decider; and acquiring the data to be transmitted from the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the decider.
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to modulate the multiple subcarriers according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  • the processing is performed to obtain the data to be transmitted, which specifically includes:
  • the processor 40 is configured to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve, and perform color correction on the compensated modulation signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal, and according to the Decoding the corrected signal and the amplitude of the amplitude modulated signal, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal; and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted
  • the transmitter 44 is configured to send information about the Gamma curve to the sending end device, where the information of the Gamma curve is
  • the receiver 43 is further configured to receive the compensation sent by the sending end device by using the gamma curve to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal to obtain a compensated modulated signal.
  • the processor 40 is specifically configured to perform, according to the corrected signal and the amplitude modulated signal Length, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal, obtaining the amplitude modulated signal, and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  • the apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in connection with the disclosure of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented by a processor executing a software instruction, or may be implemented by a computer program product.
  • the software instructions may be comprised of corresponding software modules that may be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage well known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor to enable the processor to read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in the user equipment. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also reside as discrete components in the user equipment.
  • the functions described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium.
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners without departing from the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined. Or it can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. .
  • Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement without any creative effort.
  • the described systems, devices, and methods, and the schematic diagrams of various embodiments may be combined or integrated with other systems, modules, techniques or methods without departing from the scope of the present application.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in electronic, mechanical or other form.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Optical Communication System (AREA)
  • Digital Transmission Methods That Use Modulated Carrier Waves (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a camera communication method, apparatus and device. The method comprises : performing multi-amplitude modulation on data to be transmitted, so as to obtain a plurality of paths of amplitude modulation signals; adding a pre-set sequence before each path of amplitude modulation signals, so as to obtain an initial signal of each path; performing SAM on the initial signal of each path, so as to obtain a sub-carrier modulation signal of each path; and sending a plurality of paths of sub-carrier modulation signals to a receiving end device. The method improves the spectrum utilization of a camera communication system.

Description

相机通信的方法、装置和设备Method, device and device for camera communication 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种相机通信的方法、装置和设备The present application relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, device and device for camera communication
背景技术Background technique
随着发光半导体(light-emitting diode,LED)技术的发展,这种高能效、体积小、寿命长的LED灯被广泛应用于照明、指示、屏幕等场景,并且由于LED时间响应特性好,光信号可通过肉眼观测不到的高速明暗闪烁发送出去,从而可以作为光通信系统的信号发射器;另外,光电二极管(photodiode,PD)在进行光信号的接收过程中,PD会将接收到的所有光功率转换成电流信号,因此PD可以作为光通信系统的信号接收器。基于上述LED灯和PD的特性,光通信技术(visible light communication,VLC)逐渐成为照明、通信界日益关注的课题。With the development of light-emitting diode (LED) technology, such high-efficiency, small-sized, long-life LED lamps are widely used in lighting, indication, screen, etc., and because of the good LED time response characteristics, light The signal can be sent out by high-speed light and dark flicker that is not visible to the naked eye, so that it can be used as a signal transmitter of the optical communication system; in addition, the photodiode (PD) will receive all the received signals during the reception of the optical signal. The optical power is converted into a current signal, so the PD can serve as a signal receiver for the optical communication system. Based on the characteristics of the above-mentioned LED lamps and PDs, visible light communication (VLC) has gradually become an issue of increasing concern in the lighting and communication industries.
但是,虽然PD的响应速率很高,但其探测面积较小,因此在通信距离为米(m)量级时,毫米量级尺寸的PD仅能接收到非常微弱的光功率,最终限制光通信系统(VLC系统)的通信速率及通信距离。为了增加基于PD的VLC系统的接收光功率,人们通常会在PD前使用光学透镜(组合),并使PD位于光学透镜(组合)的焦点处,但是由于透镜会对接收到的光信号进行空间分离,在此情况下单个PD很难同时接收到多个LED的光信号,从而影响在接收端设备移动过程中的信号切换。与单个PD不同的是,图像传感器(image sensor,IS)使用PD阵列作为光电接收器,每个PD为IS的一个像素,可独立接收信号。当IS与成像透镜的共同工作时,来自不同方向的光线会被聚焦在IS上的不同位置,从而可实现图片或视频的接收。目前,由于手机、汽车等设备均已内置了LED光源、摄像头等模块(摄像头中内置了IS),因此,手机和手机之间、汽车与汽车之间或者其他任意两个集成了LED光源、摄像头的设备之间可以通过LED光源和摄像头实现相机通信(Optical Camera Communications,OCC)。However, although the response rate of the PD is very high, the detection area is small, so when the communication distance is on the order of meters (m), the PD of the millimeter size can only receive very weak optical power, and finally limit the optical communication. Communication rate and communication distance of the system (VLC system). In order to increase the received optical power of a PD-based VLC system, one usually uses an optical lens (combination) before the PD and places the PD at the focus of the optical lens (combination), but because the lens will space the received optical signal. Separation, in which case it is difficult for a single PD to simultaneously receive optical signals of a plurality of LEDs, thereby affecting signal switching during movement of the receiving device. Unlike a single PD, an image sensor (IS) uses a PD array as a photoreceiver, and each PD is a pixel of IS that can receive signals independently. When the IS works with the imaging lens, light from different directions will be focused at different positions on the IS, enabling reception of pictures or video. At present, since mobile phones, automobiles and other devices have built-in LED light source, camera and other modules (IS is built in the camera), LED light source and camera are integrated between the mobile phone and the mobile phone, between the car and the car, or any other two. Camera communication (Octical Camera Communications, OCC) can be achieved between devices through LED light sources and cameras.
目前OCC研究领域的其中一大热点是采用普通帧率的相机(例如相机的帧率小于60fps)进行信号收发时如何实现无闪烁通信。由于常见的相机的帧率较低,而肉眼的闪烁截止频率(critical flicker frequency,CFF)为100Hz,因此若直接采用开关键控(on-off keying,OOK)调制,根据奈奎斯特采样定理,信号发射频率需设定为相机帧率的一半以下,从而实现信号的完整接收,但是发送端设备如此低的发射频率会让人眼观察到LED闪烁。为了解决该问题,现有技术采用欠采样(Undersampled frequency shift ON-OFF keying,简称UFSOOK)调制方式,即发送端设备的白光LED发送白光信号,UFSOOK系统让接收端设备(即相机)工作在欠采样模式下,因载波频率fs(fs>CFF)和相机帧率的特殊关系,其可以实现用相机完整的接收所发送的原始信号,从而实现无闪烁通信。At present, one of the hotspots in the field of OCC research is how to achieve flicker-free communication when using a normal frame rate camera (for example, the camera's frame rate is less than 60 fps) for signal transmission and reception. Since the frame rate of a common camera is low, and the critical flicker frequency (CFF) of the naked eye is 100 Hz, if the on-off keying (OOK) modulation is directly adopted, according to the Nyquist sampling theorem The signal transmission frequency needs to be set to less than half of the camera frame rate to achieve complete reception of the signal, but such a low transmission frequency of the transmitting device can cause the LED to blink. In order to solve this problem, the prior art adopts the Undersampled Frequency Shift ON-OFF keying (UFSOOK) modulation method, that is, the white LED of the transmitting device transmits a white light signal, and the UFSOOK system allows the receiving device (ie, the camera) to operate in the owu In the sampling mode, due to the special relationship between the carrier frequency fs (fs> CFF) and the camera frame rate, it can realize the complete signal transmitted by the camera to receive the original signal, thereby achieving flicker-free communication.
但是,上述现有技术在通过白光发送相应的通信信息时,该白光的所有颜色分量发送同一通信信息,因此频谱利用率较低。故,如何在确保相机通信无闪烁的条件下,提高频谱利用率成为目前亟待解决的技术问题。 However, in the above prior art, when the corresponding communication information is transmitted by white light, all the color components of the white light transmit the same communication information, and thus the spectrum utilization rate is low. Therefore, how to improve the spectrum utilization under the condition that the camera communication is free from flicker has become a technical problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法、装置和设备,用以解决现有技术中在通过白光发送相应的通信信息时,该白光的所有颜色分量发送同一通信信息,导致频谱利用率较低的技术问题。The method, device and device for camera communication provided by the embodiments of the present application are used to solve the problem that when the corresponding communication information is transmitted by white light, the same communication information is sent by all the color components of the white light, resulting in low spectrum utilization. technical problem.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种相机通信的方法,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for camera communication, including:
对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路幅度调制信号,其中,每一路的幅度调制信号具有多个幅度;Performing multiple modulations on the transmitted data to obtain a multi-channel amplitude modulated signal, wherein each of the amplitude modulated signals has multiple amplitudes;
在每一路的幅度调制信号之前添加预设的序列,得到每一路的初始信号;其中,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;Adding a preset sequence before each of the amplitude modulation signals to obtain an initial signal of each channel; wherein the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal;
对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM,得到每一路的副载波调制信号;Subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM is performed on the initial signal of each channel to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel;
向接收端设备发送多路副载波调制信号。Transmitting multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving device.
上述提供的相机通信的方法,发送端设备对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路并行的幅度调制信号,该多路幅度调制信号是并行且相互独立的信号,因此其可以携带不同的数据信息,因而本申请实施例从发送的光信号的并行支路数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率,另外,由于对每一路的光信号进行的是多幅调制,因此,得到的幅度调制信号包含具有多个幅度的符号,不同幅度的符号可以携带不同的数据信息,因此,本申请实施例进一步从幅度的数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率;同时,发送端设备基于每一路的幅度调制信号和预设的序列可以得到多路初始信号,从而对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制,以避免接收端设备进行光信号接收时信号闪烁,确保了接收端设备在接收发送端设备发送的信号的稳定性,避免其发生信号闪烁。也就是说,本申请实施例在确保无闪烁通信的基础上,进一步提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率。In the method for camera communication provided above, the transmitting device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple parallel amplitude modulated signals, which are parallel and independent signals, so that they can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application increases the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system from the number of parallel branches of the transmitted optical signal, and further, since the optical signal of each channel is modulated by multiple amplitudes, the obtained amplitude modulated signal is obtained. A symbol having a plurality of amplitudes is included, and symbols of different amplitudes can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the spectrum utilization ratio of the camera communication system from the number of amplitudes; meanwhile, the transmitting device is based on each channel. The amplitude modulation signal and the preset sequence can obtain multiple initial signals, thereby performing subcarrier amplitude modulation on each channel initial signal to avoid signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception, and ensuring that the receiving end device is at the receiving and transmitting end. The stability of the signal sent by the device to avoid signal flashing . That is to say, the embodiment of the present application further improves the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system on the basis of ensuring flicker-free communication.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:In one possible design, the method further includes:
接收所述接收端设备根据所述序列确定的伽马Gamma曲线的信息;Receiving information of the gamma gamma curve determined by the receiving end device according to the sequence;
根据所述Gamma曲线的信息对每一路的副载波调制信号进行Gamma非线性补偿,得到多路补偿后的调制信号;Performing gamma nonlinear compensation on each subcarrier modulation signal according to the information of the Gamma curve to obtain a multiplexed modulated signal;
将所述多路补偿后的调制信号发送给所述接收端设备。Transmitting the multiplexed modulated signal to the receiving end device.
该可能的设计提供的相机通信的方法,大大简化了接收端设备操作的复杂性,节省了接收端设备的处理开销。The possible design provides a method of camera communication, which greatly simplifies the operation of the receiving device and saves the processing overhead of the receiving device.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种相机通信的方法,包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for camera communication, including:
接收发送端设备发送的多路副载波调制信号,其中,所述多路副载波调制信号为所述发送端设备每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM得到的信号,所述初始信号为所述发送端设备根据预设的序列和对待传输数据进行多幅调制后得到的幅度调制信号生成的,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;Receiving, by the transmitting end device, a plurality of subcarrier modulation signals, wherein the multiple subcarrier modulation signals are signals obtained by performing subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM on an initial signal of each path of the transmitting end device, where the initial signal is The transmitting end device is generated according to a preset sequence and an amplitude modulated signal obtained by performing multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulated signal;
对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:In combination with the first aspect and the second aspect, in a possible design, the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following state information of the amplitude modulated signal:
指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。 Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,当所述多幅调制为CIM调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;In combination with the above first aspect and second aspect, in one possible design, when the plurality of modulations are CIM modulation, the sequence includes: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000001
每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000002
个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000003
个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
The second portion includes N second symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000001
Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000002
The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000003
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the Gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and parameter information of the channel matrix;
所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第二部分包括递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000004
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000005
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
In combination with the first aspect and the second aspect described above, in one possible design, the second portion includes an increasing sub-symbol string, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000004
Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000005
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
上述各可能的设计提供的方法,该序列中的第一部分、第二部分和第三部分可以使得接收端设备确定出每一路副载波调制信号中的序列的起始位置,以及获知接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生了相位反转,并且,还可以根据第二部分或者第三部分得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,从而对接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行非线性损伤的补偿以及相应的颜色校正等,提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠性。Each of the above possible designs provides a method in which the first portion, the second portion, and the third portion of the sequence enable the receiving device to determine a starting position of a sequence in each subcarrier modulation signal and to learn the received secondary Whether the carrier modulated signal or the amplitude modulated signal has a phase inversion, and the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel are obtained according to the second part or the third part, thereby nonlinearly receiving the received multiple subcarrier modulated signals. The compensation of the damage and the corresponding color correction improve the accuracy of the data recovery by the receiving device and ensure the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving device.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;In combination with the above first aspect and second aspect, in a possible design, when the plurality of modulations are color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first portion and a second portion;
所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000006
每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第一子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000007
个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000008
个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
The first portion includes N first symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000006
Each first symbol includes three first parallel sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset first association relationship, and N of each of the first sub-symbols
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000007
The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000008
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值; The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000009
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000010
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
In combination with the first aspect and the second aspect above, in one possible design, the first portion includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000009
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000010
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
上述各可能的设计提供的方法,该序列中的第一部分和第二部分可以使得接收端设备确定出每一路副载波调制信号中的序列的起始位置,以及获知接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生了相位反转,并且,还可以根据第一部分和第二部分得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,从而对接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行非线性损伤的补偿以及相应的颜色校正等,提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠性。Each of the above possible designs provides a method in which the first portion and the second portion of the sequence enable the receiving device to determine the starting position of the sequence in each of the subcarrier modulation signals and to obtain the received subcarrier modulation signal or Whether the amplitude modulation signal has a phase inversion, and the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel are obtained according to the first part and the second part, thereby compensating for the nonlinear damage of the received multi-subcarrier modulation signal and correspondingly The color correction and the like improve the accuracy of the data recovery by the receiving device, and ensure the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving device.
结合上述第一方面和第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述序列包括第一部分和第二部分;In combination with the first aspect and the second aspect above, in one possible design, the sequence includes a first portion and a second portion;
所述第一部分包括多幅调制星座点外的符号,用于指示所述初始信号中序列的起始位置;The first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal;
所述第二部分包括多幅调制星座点内的所有符号,用于指示所述接收端设备根据所述训练部分训练判决器,所述判决器用于根据所述接收端设备接收到的信号获取所述待传输数据。The second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device. The data to be transmitted is mentioned.
该可能的设计提供的方法,取消了接收端设备的非线性补偿、颜色校正以及相位错误消除等操作,而是基于序列的第二部分训练出判决器,利用该判决器还原待传输数据,简化了接收端设备的复杂度。The possible design provides a method that cancels the nonlinear compensation, color correction, and phase error cancellation of the receiving device, but trains the decider based on the second part of the sequence, and uses the determiner to restore the data to be transmitted, simplifying The complexity of the receiving device.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed to obtain the data to be transmitted, which specifically includes:
若检测到一个符号,且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度,则根据预设的序列的符号发送顺序和所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置;If a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, the starting position of the sequence is determined according to the symbol transmission order of the preset sequence and the symbol;
根据所述起始位置、所述序列的长度和所述序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的第二部分和第三部分;Determining a second portion and a third portion of the sequence based on the starting position, the length of the sequence, and a symbol transmission order of the sequence;
根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵;Acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part;
根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。And processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线,具体包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the acquiring the gamma curve according to the second part includes:
根据所述第二部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数 的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000011
个第二子符号,获取与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000012
个第二子符号对应的子符号;
Determining the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the second portion as a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000011
Second sub-symbol, obtained and described
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000012
Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol;
对每一路的与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000013
个第二子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
For each road and said
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000013
The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第二部分获取信道矩阵,具体包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the acquiring the channel matrix according to the second part includes:
从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [K, -K, -K]; wherein [K, -K, -K] characterizes the The first received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K;
从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;其中,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [-K, K, -K]; wherein [-K, K, -K] represents the The second received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is -K Corresponding symbol;
从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a third received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [-K, -K, K]; wherein [-K, -K, K] represents the The third received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch and the second branch is -K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is K;
根据所述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号,得到所述信道矩阵。And obtaining the channel matrix according to the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third received symbol.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,还包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted further includes:
若检测到一个符号、且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度,则确定所述副载波调制信号存在相位错误,并根据所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置;If a symbol is detected and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch, determining that the sub-carrier modulation signal has a phase error, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol ;
根据第三部分得到Gamma曲线和信道矩阵;Obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third part;
根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。And processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
上述各可能的设计提供的方法,当发送端设备对待传输数据采用CIM进行多幅调制时,发送端设备采用包含了第一部分、第二部分和第三部分的序列的形式,然后基于该序列的形式,接收端设备可以通过该序列的第一部分获知确定接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生相位反转,以及确定副载波调制信号中序列的起始位置,并结合该起始位置、序列的长度和该序列的符号发送顺序确定该序列中的第二部分和第三部分,之后,结合上述相位是否发生反转的结果确定采用第二部分还是采用第三部分确定信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进而采用该信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,对接收到的上述多路副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿和颜色校正、解调等处理,得到待传输数据,大大提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠性;另外,在对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿时,还可以将接收端设备确定的Gamma曲线的信息发送给发送端设备,由发送端设备对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,大大简化了接收端设备操作的复杂性,也节省了接收端设备的处理开销;进一步地,本申请实施例还可以在相位发生错误时采用序列的第三部分确定出信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进一步确保了数据还原的准确性。The above various possible design provides a method, when the transmitting device uses the CIM to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts a sequence including the first part, the second part, and the third part, and then based on the sequence. Form, the receiving device can know, by the first part of the sequence, whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted, and determine the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combine the starting position The length of the sequence and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the second part and the third part of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the second part is used or the third part is used to determine the channel matrix and each The Gamma curve of one way, and then adopting the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel, performing nonlinear compensation, color correction, demodulation and the like on the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signals to obtain data to be transmitted, thereby greatly improving the reception. The accuracy of the data recovery by the end device ensures that the receiving device restores The reliability of the data to be transmitted; in addition, when the subcarrier modulation signal is nonlinearly compensated, the information of the Gamma curve determined by the receiving device can also be sent to the transmitting device, and the transmitting device can perform the subcarrier modulation signal. The nonlinear compensation greatly simplifies the operation of the device at the receiving end and saves the processing overhead of the device at the receiving end. Further, the embodiment of the present application can also determine the channel matrix and the third part of the sequence when the phase is in error. The gamma curve of each way further ensures the accuracy of data restoration.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述对所述多路副载波调制信号进行 处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:In combination with the second aspect above, in a possible design, the performing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals Processing, obtaining the data to be transmitted, specifically:
若检测到所述序列中的一个符号,并在间隔预设个数的符号后再次检测到所述序列的另一个符号,则根据所述一个符号确定所述序列的起始位置;所述一个符号和所述另一个符号的顺序满足预设的序列的符号发送顺序;If a symbol in the sequence is detected, and another symbol of the sequence is detected again after a preset number of symbols, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; The order of the symbol and the other symbol satisfies the symbol transmission order of the preset sequence;
根据所述序列的符号发送顺序以及所述一个符号的幅度和所述另一个符号的幅度确定所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Determining whether the subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error according to a symbol transmission order of the sequence and an amplitude of the one symbol and an amplitude of the another symbol;
若不存在相位错误,则根据所述第一部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据;If there is no phase error, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the first part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data;
若存在相位错误,则根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。If there is a phase error, the Gamma curve and the channel matrix are acquired according to the second part, and the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一部分获取Gamma曲线,具体包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the acquiring the gamma curve according to the first part includes:
根据所述第一部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000014
个第一子符号,获取与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000015
个第一子符号对应的子符号;
Determining the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the first portion as a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000014
First sub-symbol, obtained and described
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000015
Sub-symbols corresponding to the first sub-symbol;
对每一路的与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000016
个第一子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
For each road and said
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000016
The sub-symbols corresponding to the first sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一部分获取信道矩阵,具体包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the acquiring the channel matrix according to the first part includes:
从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第一子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第一子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [K, -K, -K]; wherein [K, -K, -K] characterizes the The first received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K;
从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;其中,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第一子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第一子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [-K, K, -K]; wherein [-K, K, -K] represents the The second received symbol is when the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the first branch is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the third branch is -K Corresponding symbol;
从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第一子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第一子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a third received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [-K, -K, K]; wherein [-K, -K, K] represents the The third received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the first branch and the second branch is -K, and the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the third branch is K;
根据所述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号,得到所述信道矩阵。And obtaining the channel matrix according to the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third received symbol.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,若检测到多幅调制星座点外的任一个符号时,根据所述任一个符号和预设的序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的起始位置;With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, if any one of the plurality of modulation constellation points is detected, determining the sequence according to the symbol transmission order of the any one of the symbols and the preset sequence Starting position
根据所述起始位置、预设的序列中的符号顺序以及所述序列的长度训练判决器;以及根据所述判决器从所述多路副载波调制信号中获取所述待传输数据。And determining a decider according to the starting position, a symbol order in a preset sequence, and a length of the sequence; and acquiring the to-be-transmitted data from the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the decider.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted, specifically includes:
根据所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号;Performing nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal according to the Gamma curve, and performing color correction on the compensated modulation signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal;
根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序 列,得到所述幅度调制信号;Deleting the order in the corrected signal according to the corrected signal and the length of the amplitude modulated signal Column, obtaining the amplitude modulated signal;
解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据。Demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:With reference to the foregoing second aspect, in a possible design, the processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted, specifically includes:
向所述发送端设备发送所述Gamma曲线的信息,所述Gamma曲线的信息用于指示所述发送端设备采用所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,得到补偿后的调制信号;Transmitting, by the sending end device, the information of the Gamma curve, where the information of the Gamma curve is used to instruct the transmitting end device to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal by using the Gamma curve, to obtain a compensated modulation. signal;
接收所述发送端设备发送的补偿后的调制信号,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号;Receiving, by the transmitting end device, the compensated modulated signal, and performing color correction on the compensated modulated signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal;
根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号;Deleting a sequence in the corrected signal according to the corrected signal and a length of the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal;
解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据。Demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
上述各可能的设计提供的方法,当发送端设备对待传输数据采用CSK进行多幅调制时,发送端设备采用上述第二种可能的实施方式中的序列的形式,然后基于该序列的形式,接收端设备可以通过该序列的第一部分和第二部分共同确定接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生相位反转,以及确定副载波调制信号中序列的起始位置,并结合该起始位置、序列的长度和该序列的符号发送顺序确定该序列中的第一部分和第二部分,之后,结合上述相位是否发生反转的结果确定采用第一部分还是采用第二部分确定信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进而采用该信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,对接收到的上述多路副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿和颜色校正、解调等处理,得到待传输数据,大大提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠性;另外,在对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿时,还可以将接收端设备确定的Gamma曲线的信息发送给发送端设备,由发送端设备对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,大大简化了接收端设备操作的复杂性,也节省了接收端设备的处理开销;进一步地,本申请实施例还可以在相位发生错误时采用序列的第二部分确定出信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进一步确保了数据还原的准确性;更进一步地,本申请实施例解决了无法在使用低速相机的OCC系统中使用CSK信号进行传输的问题,扩大了相机通信的适用范围。The above various possible design provides a method, when the transmitting device uses the CSK to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts the sequence of the second possible implementation manner described above, and then receives according to the sequence form. The end device can determine whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted by the first part and the second part of the sequence, and determine the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combine the start The position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the first portion and the second portion of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the first portion or the second portion is used to determine the channel matrix and each path The gamma curve, and then adopting the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel, performing nonlinear compensation, color correction, demodulation and the like on the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signals to obtain data to be transmitted, thereby greatly improving the receiving end. Accuracy when the device performs data restoration, ensuring that the receiving device restores The reliability of the data to be transmitted is additionally provided. In addition, when the subcarrier modulation signal is nonlinearly compensated, the information of the Gamma curve determined by the receiving end device may be transmitted to the transmitting end device, and the transmitting end device modulates the subcarrier. The non-linear compensation greatly simplifies the operation of the device at the receiving end and saves the processing overhead of the device at the receiving end. Further, the embodiment of the present application can also determine the channel matrix by using the second part of the sequence when the phase occurs. And the gamma curve of each way further ensures the accuracy of data restoration; further, the embodiment of the present application solves the problem that the CSK signal cannot be transmitted in the OCC system using the low speed camera, and the application range of the camera communication is expanded. .
第三方面,为了实现上述第一方面的相机通信的方法,本申请实施例提供了一种相机通信的设备,该相机通信的设备具有实现上述相机通信的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, in order to implement the method for camera communication in the first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a device for camera communication, and the device for the camera communication has a function of a method for implementing the camera communication described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该相机通信的设备包括多个功能模块或单元,用于实现上述第一方面中的任一种相机通信的方法。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the device for communicating by the camera includes a plurality of functional modules or units, and the method for implementing the camera communication of any one of the foregoing first aspects.
在第三方面的另一种可能的实现方式中,该相机通信的设备的结构中可以包括处理器、接收器和发送器。所述处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第一方面中任一种相机通信的方法中相应的功能。所述发送器用于支持该装置与其他网络设备或者终端设备之间的通信,例如可以为能够发送多路光信号的以及集成了VLC模块LED灯,所述接收器可以为相机设备或者录像设备。该装置中还可以包括存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存该相机通信的设备执行上述相机通信的方法必要的程序指令和数据。 In another possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the structure of the device for communicating by the camera may include a processor, a receiver, and a transmitter. The processor is configured to support a corresponding function of the apparatus for performing the method of any of the above-described first aspects of camera communication. The transmitter is configured to support communication between the device and other network devices or terminal devices, for example, can be capable of transmitting multiple optical signals and integrated VLC module LED lights, and the receiver can be a camera device or a video recording device. The apparatus can also include a memory for coupling with the processor that retains program instructions and data necessary for the method by which the camera communication device performs the camera communication described above.
第四方面,为了实现上述第二方面的相机通信的方法,本申请实施例提供了一种相机通信的设备,该相机通信的设备具有实现上述相机通信的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, in order to implement the method for camera communication in the second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a device for camera communication, and the device for the camera communication has a function of a method for implementing the camera communication described above. The functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该相机通信的设备包括多个功能模块或单元,用于实现上述第二方面中的任一种相机通信的方法。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the device for communicating by the camera includes a plurality of functional modules or units, and the method for implementing the camera communication of any one of the foregoing second aspects.
在第四方面的另一种可能的实现方式中,该相机通信的设备的结构中可以包括处理器、接收器和发送器。所述处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第二方面中任一种相机通信的方法中相应的功能。所述发送器用于支持该装置与其他网络设备或者终端设备之间的通信,例如可以为能够发送多路光信号的以及集成了VLC模块LED灯,所述接收器可以为相机设备或者录像设备。该装置中还可以包括存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存该相机通信的设备执行上述相机通信的方法必要的程序指令和数据。In another possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the structure of the device for communicating by the camera may include a processor, a receiver, and a transmitter. The processor is configured to support a corresponding function of the method in which the apparatus performs the camera communication of any of the above second aspects. The transmitter is configured to support communication between the device and other network devices or terminal devices, for example, can be capable of transmitting multiple optical signals and integrated VLC module LED lights, and the receiver can be a camera device or a video recording device. The apparatus can also include a memory for coupling with the processor that retains program instructions and data necessary for the method by which the camera communication device performs the camera communication described above.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述相机通信的设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述第一方面所设计的程序。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for a device for communicating by the camera, which includes a program designed to execute the first aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述相机通信的设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述第二方面所设计的程序。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for a device for communicating by the camera, which includes a program designed to execute the second aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包含指令,当所述计算机程序被计算机所执行时,该指令使得计算机执行上述方法中相机通信的设备所执行的功能。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform a function performed by a device for camera communication in the above method when the computer program is executed by a computer.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包含指令,当所述计算机程序被计算机所执行时,该指令使得计算机执行上述方法中相机通信的设备所执行的功能。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform functions performed by a device for camera communication in the above method when the computer program is executed by a computer.
相较于现有技术,本申请实施例所提供的方法和设备,发送端设备对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路并行的幅度调制信号,该多路幅度调制信号是并行且相互独立的信号,因此其可以携带不同的数据信息,因而本申请实施例从发送的光信号的并行支路数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率,另外,由于对每一路的光信号进行的是多幅调制,因此,得到的幅度调制信号包含具有多个幅度的符号,不同幅度的符号可以携带不同的数据信息,因此,本申请实施例进一步从幅度的数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率;同时,发送端设备基于每一路的幅度调制信号和预设的序列可以得到多路初始信号,从而对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制,以避免接收端设备进行光信号接收时信号闪烁,确保了接收端设备在接收发送端设备发送的信号的稳定性,避免其发生信号闪烁。也就是说,本申请实施例在确保无闪烁通信的基础上,进一步提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率。Compared with the prior art, in the method and device provided by the embodiments of the present application, the transmitting device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple parallel amplitude modulated signals, which are parallel and independent of each other. a signal, so that it can carry different data information, so the embodiment of the present application increases the spectrum utilization of the camera communication system from the number of parallel branches of the transmitted optical signal, and additionally, because of the optical signal for each channel Amplitude modulation, therefore, the obtained amplitude modulation signal contains symbols having multiple amplitudes, and symbols of different amplitudes can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system from the number of amplitudes. At the same time, the transmitting device can obtain multiple initial signals based on the amplitude modulation signal and the preset sequence of each channel, thereby performing subcarrier amplitude modulation on the initial signal of each channel to avoid the signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception. , to ensure that the receiving device receives the signal sent by the transmitting device. Nature, avoid the occurrence of flicker signal. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application further improves the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system on the basis of ensuring flicker-free communication.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的相机通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a camera communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法的信令流程图;2 is a signaling flowchart of a method for camera communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的序列的波形图;3 is a waveform diagram of a sequence provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的获取Gamma曲线的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of acquiring a Gamma curve according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的获取信道矩阵的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of acquiring a channel matrix according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的序列的波形图; Figure 7 is a waveform diagram of a sequence provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的设备的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的设备的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法,可以适用于图1所示的相机通信系统。如图1所示,该相机通信系统包括:发送端设备和接收端设备,二者均为能够实现相机通信的设备,该发送端设备可以为集成了能够发送多路不同颜色的光的LED灯(不同颜色的光中携带了相应的通信信息,此时光可以称为光信号),例如,可以是集成了安装了光通信技术(visible light communication,简称VLC)模块的RGB LED灯,该接收端设备备可以是包含内置相机或者录像设备的设备。可选的,上述图1所示的相机通信系统可以应用于各种各样的通信场景中,只要该通信场景的发送端设备集成了能够发送多路不同颜色光信号的LED灯、接收端设备内置了相机或者录像设备即可,例如,可以适用于车辆和车辆之间的通信,一个车辆上的前置大灯或者其他灯可以作为发送端设备,另一个车辆上的摄像头或者其他的相机设备可以作为接收端设备,本申请实施例对相机通信系统的应用场景并不做限定。The method of camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the camera communication system shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 1 , the camera communication system includes: a transmitting end device and a receiving end device, both of which are devices capable of implementing camera communication, and the transmitting end device may be an integrated LED light capable of transmitting multiple different colors of light. (The light of different colors carries the corresponding communication information, and the light may be referred to as an optical signal at this time), for example, may be an RGB LED lamp integrated with a visible light communication (VLC) module, the receiving end The device can be a device that contains a built-in camera or video recording device. Optionally, the camera communication system shown in FIG. 1 above may be applied to various communication scenarios, as long as the transmitting end device of the communication scenario integrates an LED light and a receiving end device capable of transmitting multiple different color optical signals. A built-in camera or video recording device can be used, for example, for communication between a vehicle and a vehicle. A front headlight or other light on one vehicle can be used as a transmitting device, a camera on another vehicle, or other camera device. The application scenario of the camera communication system is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在现有的相机通信系统中,如何实现采用普通帧率的相机(例如相机的帧率小于60fps)进行信号收发时的无闪烁通信。由于常见的相机的帧率较低,而肉眼的闪烁截止频率CFF为100Hz,因此若直接采用OOK调制,信号发射频率需设定为相机帧率的一半以下,从而实现信号的完整接收,但是发送端设备如此低的发射频率会让人眼观察到LED闪烁。为了解决该问题,现有技术采用欠采样UFSOOK调制方式,即发送端设备的白光LED发送白光信号,UFSOOK系统让接收端设备(可以是相机,也可以是内置相机的设备)工作在欠采样模式下,因载波频率fs(fs>CFF)和相机帧率的特殊关系,其可以实现用相机完整的接收所发送的原始信号,从而实现无闪烁通信。In the existing camera communication system, how to realize a flicker-free communication when a signal is transmitted and received by a camera with a normal frame rate (for example, a frame rate of the camera is less than 60 fps). Since the frame rate of a common camera is low, and the blinking cutoff frequency CFF of the naked eye is 100 Hz, if OOK modulation is directly used, the signal transmission frequency needs to be set to be less than half of the camera frame rate, thereby achieving complete reception of the signal, but transmitting Such a low transmission frequency of the end device makes it possible to visually observe the LED flicker. In order to solve this problem, the prior art adopts an undersampling UFSOOK modulation mode, that is, a white LED of a transmitting device transmits a white light signal, and the UFSOOK system allows a receiving device (which may be a camera or a device with a built-in camera) to operate in an undersampling mode. In the following, due to the special relationship between the carrier frequency fs (fs>CFF) and the camera frame rate, it can realize the complete signal transmitted by the camera to receive the original signal, thereby achieving flicker-free communication.
但是,上述现有技术在通过白光发送相应的通信信息时,该白光的所有颜色分量发送同一通信信息,因此频谱利用率较低。故而,本申请提供的相机通信的方法、装置和设备,旨在解决现有技术的如上技术问题。However, in the above prior art, when the corresponding communication information is transmitted by white light, all the color components of the white light transmit the same communication information, and thus the spectrum utilization rate is low. Therefore, the method, device and device for camera communication provided by the present application are intended to solve the above technical problems of the prior art.
下面以具体地实施例对本申请的技术方案进行详细说明。下面这几个具体的实施例可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例中不再赘述。The technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below with specific embodiments. The following specific embodiments may be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be described in some embodiments.
图2为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法的信令流程图。本实施例涉及的是发送端设备对待传输数据进行多幅调制成为多路幅度调制信号,以提高相机通信系统的频谱利用率,并且根据每一路的幅度调制信号得到每一路的初始信号,从而对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制,以避免接收端设备进行光信号接收时信号闪烁的具体过程。如图2所示,该方法包括:FIG. 2 is a signaling flowchart of a method for camera communication provided by an embodiment of the present application. The embodiment relates to that the transmitting end device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted into a multi-channel amplitude modulation signal, so as to improve the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system, and obtain an initial signal of each channel according to the amplitude modulation signal of each channel, thereby The initial signal of each channel is subjected to subcarrier amplitude modulation to avoid the specific process of the signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception. As shown in Figure 2, the method includes:
S101:发送端设备对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路幅度调制信号,其中,每一 路的幅度调制信号具有多个幅度。S101: the transmitting end device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple amplitude modulated signals, where each The amplitude modulation signal of the path has multiple amplitudes.
具体的,本申请实施例的发送端设备可以为集成了能够发送多路不同颜色的光的LED灯,例如,可以是集成了安装了VLC模块的RGB LED灯,该RGB LED灯可以发送三路并行且独立的光信号。当发送端设备需要向接收端设备发送待传输数据时,发送端设备对该待传输数据进行多幅调制,实际上对发送端设备发送的并行的多路光信号进行多幅调制,得到多路幅度调制信号,每一路的幅度调制信号具有多个幅度,也就是说每一路的幅度调制信号中包括多个符号,该多个符号中具有多个电平值,不同电平的符号可以携带待传输数据中不同的数据信息,另外,由于发送端设备可以发送多路并行的光信号,因此对多路并行的光信号分别进行多幅调制后,所得到的多路幅度调制信号是多路并行的幅度调制信号,不同路的幅度调制信号可以携带待传输数据中不同的数据信息。Specifically, the transmitting end device of the embodiment of the present application may be an LED lamp integrated with light capable of transmitting multiple different colors, for example, an RGB LED lamp integrated with a VLC module may be integrated, and the RGB LED lamp may send three channels. Parallel and independent optical signals. When the transmitting device needs to send the data to be transmitted to the receiving device, the transmitting device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and actually performs multiple modulation on the parallel multiple optical signals sent by the transmitting device to obtain multiple channels. The amplitude modulation signal, each channel of the amplitude modulation signal has a plurality of amplitudes, that is to say, each channel of the amplitude modulation signal includes a plurality of symbols, the plurality of symbols having a plurality of level values, and different levels of symbols can be carried Different data information in the data is transmitted. In addition, since the transmitting end device can transmit multiple parallel optical signals, after the multiple parallel optical signals are separately modulated, the obtained multi-channel amplitude modulated signals are multi-channel parallel. The amplitude modulation signal, the amplitude modulation signal of different paths can carry different data information in the data to be transmitted.
现有技术中,发送端设备采用的发送一路白光的白光LED,在向接收端设备传输待传输数据时,发送端设备在所发送的白光的所有颜色分量(例如赤橙黄绿青蓝紫等颜色分量)中发送同一数据信息,并且该一路白光信号中只具有两个幅度,因此现有技术的频率利用率较低;但是,本申请实施例中由于发送端设备可以发送多路不同颜色的光信号,因此,对该每一路光信号进行多幅调制后,会得到多路幅度调制信号,该多路幅度调制信号是并行且相互独立的信号,因此其可以携带不同的数据信息,从发送的光信号的并行支路数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率,另外,由于对每一路的光信号进行的是多幅调制,因此,得到的幅度调制信号包含具有多个幅度的符号,不同幅度的符号可以携带不同的数据信息,因此,本申请实施例进一步从幅度的数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率。In the prior art, a white LED that transmits a white light by a transmitting end device transmits all the color components of the transmitted white light (such as red orange, yellow, green, blue, purple, etc.) when the data to be transmitted is transmitted to the receiving device. The same data information is sent in the component, and the white light signal has only two amplitudes, so the frequency utilization of the prior art is low; however, in the embodiment of the present application, the transmitting device can transmit multiple lights of different colors. The signal, therefore, after performing multiple modulations on each of the optical signals, a multi-channel amplitude modulated signal is obtained, and the multi-channel amplitude modulated signals are parallel and independent signals, so that they can carry different data information from the transmitted The number of parallel branches of the optical signal increases the spectrum utilization of the camera communication system. In addition, since a plurality of modulations are performed on each of the optical signals, the obtained amplitude modulated signal includes symbols having a plurality of amplitudes, different The symbol of the amplitude can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the amount of the amplitude. The spectrum utilization camera communication systems.
S102:发送端设备在每一路的幅度调制信号之前添加预设的序列,得到每一路的初始信号;其中,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息。S102: The transmitting device adds a preset sequence before each of the amplitude modulation signals to obtain an initial signal of each channel, where the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal.
具体的,该实施例中的序列可以包括的一个符号,还可以包括多个符号,序列所包含的符号中不携带待传输数据的有效数据信息。可选的,该序列中可以包括一个相位的指示符号,通过该符号可以向接收端设备指示上述幅度调制信号是否发生了相位反转。本申请实施例对序列的具体形式并不做限定,只要其能够指示上述多路幅度调制信号的状态信息即可,可选的,幅度调制信号的状态信息可以包括幅度调制信号是否发生了相位反转、或者序列的起始位置等。Specifically, the sequence in this embodiment may include one symbol, and may further include multiple symbols, and the symbols included in the sequence do not carry valid data information of the data to be transmitted. Optionally, the sequence may include an indication of a phase by which the receiving end device may be instructed whether the phase modulation signal has undergone phase inversion. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the sequence, as long as it can indicate the state information of the multipath amplitude modulation signal. Optionally, the state information of the amplitude modulation signal may include whether the amplitude modulation signal has a phase reversal. Turn, or the starting position of the sequence, etc.
可选的,该预设的序列也可以包括多路并行的序列子符号,序列的支路数量与上述幅度调制信号的支路数量相等,发送端设备针对每一路的幅度调制信号,为每一路的幅度调制信号添加该序列中对应的那一路的序列子符号。Optionally, the preset sequence may also include multiple parallel sequence sub-symbols, the number of branches of the sequence is equal to the number of branches of the amplitude modulation signal, and the amplitude modulation signal of each channel for each channel is for each channel. The amplitude modulation signal adds a sequence sub-symbol of the corresponding one of the sequences.
当发送端设备对每一路的幅度调制信号添加了预设的序列之后,从而得到每一路的初始信号。该初始信号中,序列之前,有效数据信息在后。After the transmitting device adds a preset sequence to each channel's amplitude modulation signal, an initial signal for each channel is obtained. In the initial signal, before the sequence, the valid data information is followed.
S103:发送端设备对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制(Subcarrier Amplitude Modulation,简称SAM),得到每一路的副载波调制信号。S103: The source device performs Subcarrier Amplitude Modulation (SAM) on the initial signal of each channel to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel.
S104:发送端设备向接收端设备发送多路副载波调制信号。S104: The transmitting end device sends multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving end device.
具体的,当发送端设备获得每一路的初始信号之后,对每一路的初始信号进行SAM之后,得到每一路的副载波调制信号,从而将每一路的副载波调制信号并行发送给接收端设备。可选的,发送端设备还可以为每路副载波调制信号选择合适的放大倍数和添加适当直流偏置电压(该直流偏置电压保证了信号的不失真发送),从而将放大后且添加了直流 偏置电压的多路副载波调制信号并行发送给接收端设备。基于SAM的调制特性,当接收端设备接收到多路副载波调制信号时,其不会发生信号闪烁,从而确保了发送端设备和接收端设备之间的信号稳定性。Specifically, after the transmitting device obtains the initial signal of each channel, after performing SAM on each channel initial signal, each channel's subcarrier modulation signal is obtained, so that each channel's subcarrier modulation signal is sent to the receiving device in parallel. Optionally, the transmitting device can also select an appropriate amplification factor for each subcarrier modulation signal and add an appropriate DC bias voltage (the DC bias voltage ensures undistorted transmission of the signal), thereby adding and adding DC The multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal of the bias voltage is sent to the receiving device in parallel. Based on the modulation characteristics of the SAM, when the receiving device receives multiple subcarrier modulation signals, it does not cause signal flicker, thereby ensuring signal stability between the transmitting device and the receiving device.
S105:接收端设备接收发送端设备发送的多路副载波调制信号。S105: The receiving end device receives the multiple subcarrier modulation signals sent by the sending end device.
S106:接收端设备对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。S106: The receiving end device processes the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
具体的,当接收端设备接收到发送端设备发送的多路并行的副载波调制信号后,可选的,该接收端设备可以解调或者解析该多路副载波调制信号,可选的,可以结合每一路副载波调制信号的信号格式确定上述序列的起始位置,或者确定上述幅度调制信号是否发生了相位反转等等,基于所获知的信息,接收端设备可以对所接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行非线性损伤的补偿或者进行相位的再次反转、以及颜色校正等等,从而得到原始的待传输数据。本实施例对接收端设备处理上述多路副载波调制信号的具体方式并不做限定,只要其能够得到发送端设备的待传输数据即可。Specifically, after the receiving end device receives the multiple parallel subcarrier modulation signals sent by the sending end device, optionally, the receiving end device may demodulate or parse the multiple subcarrier modulation signals, optionally, Determining the starting position of the sequence by combining the signal format of each subcarrier modulation signal, or determining whether the amplitude modulation signal has phase inversion or the like, and based on the obtained information, the receiving end device can receive the multipath The subcarrier modulation signal performs compensation for nonlinear damage or phase reversal, color correction, and the like, thereby obtaining original data to be transmitted. In this embodiment, the specific manner in which the receiving end device processes the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is not limited, as long as it can obtain the data to be transmitted of the transmitting end device.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法,发送端设备对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路并行的幅度调制信号,该多路幅度调制信号是并行且相互独立的信号,因此其可以携带不同的数据信息,因而本申请实施例从发送的光信号的并行支路数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率,另外,由于对每一路的光信号进行的是多幅调制,因此,得到的幅度调制信号包含具有多个幅度的符号,不同幅度的符号可以携带不同的数据信息,因此,本申请实施例进一步从幅度的数量上提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率;同时,发送端设备基于每一路的幅度调制信号和预设的序列可以得到多路初始信号,从而对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制,以避免接收端设备进行光信号接收时信号闪烁,确保了接收端设备在接收发送端设备发送的信号的稳定性,避免其发生信号闪烁。也就是说,本申请实施例在确保无闪烁通信的基础上,进一步提高了相机通信系统的频谱利用率。In the method for camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application, the transmitting end device performs multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and obtains multiple parallel amplitude modulated signals, which are parallel and mutually independent signals, so they can carry different Data information, and thus the embodiment of the present application increases the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system from the number of parallel branches of the transmitted optical signal, and further, since multiple optical signals are applied to each channel, the obtained The amplitude modulation signal includes symbols having multiple amplitudes, and the symbols of different amplitudes can carry different data information. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application further increases the spectrum utilization ratio of the camera communication system from the number of amplitudes; meanwhile, the transmitting device is based on The amplitude modulation signal and the preset sequence of each channel can obtain multiple initial signals, thereby performing subcarrier amplitude modulation on the initial signal of each channel to avoid signal flickering when the receiving end device performs optical signal reception, thereby ensuring that the receiving end device is Receive the stability of the signal sent by the sender device to avoid its transmission Signal flashing. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application further improves the spectrum utilization rate of the camera communication system on the basis of ensuring flicker-free communication.
在上述实施例的基础上,进一步地,上述预设的序列具体用于所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:指示所述序列的起始位置;指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。该序列可以包括多种实现方式,具体参见下述第一种可能的实施方式、第二种可能的实施方式以及第三种可能的实施方式。On the basis of the above embodiment, the preset sequence is specifically used for at least one of the following state information of the amplitude modulated signal: indicating a starting position of the sequence; indicating the subcarrier modulation signal Whether there is a phase error; indicating parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal. The sequence may include various implementations, with particular reference to the first possible implementation, the second possible implementation, and the third possible implementation described below.
作为本申请实施例的第一种可能的实施方式,该实施方式涉及的是上述预设的序列的具体内容。在该可能的实施方式中,当发送端设备对待传输数据进行的多幅调制为颜色强度调制(Color-Intensity Modulation,简称CIM)时,该序列具体可以包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;其中,所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括多路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000017
每个第二符号包括多路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000018
个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000019
个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差 值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,n为发送端设备发送的光信号的支路的数量,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括多路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。
As a first possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the implementation manner relates to the specific content of the foregoing preset sequence. In this possible implementation, when the multi-modulation of the data to be transmitted by the transmitting device is Color-Intensity Modulation (CIM), the sequence may specifically include: a first part, a second part, and a third part. a portion; wherein the first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes a plurality of parallel parallel amplitudes of K+l a first sub-symbol, where K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, the l is an arbitrary positive integer; the second part includes N second symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000017
Each second symbol includes a second sub-symbol that is multiplexed in parallel and has a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols of each path
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000018
The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000019
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, n is the number of branches of the optical signal transmitted by the transmitting device, and the second Partially for indicating to the receiving end device parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal; the third portion comprising N third symbols, the third symbol comprising multiple paths a third sub-symbol having a second correlation relationship in parallel and having a magnitude, wherein the amplitude of the N third symbols is a value obtained by performing an inverse operation on the amplitude of the second symbol of the second portion, When a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal, parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulation signal is indicated to the receiving end device.
具体的,在该第一种可能的实施方式中,上述预设的序列包括了不同功能的三个部分,每一部分均包括多路并行的符号。其中,第一部分包括第一符号,该第一符号包括多路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,这里所说的“并行”指的是同一时刻多个支路上的子符号是同时发送的。当发送端设备集成的是RGB LED,其可以发送三路光信号,因此,这里的序列也包括三路子符号,则第一部分的第一符号的幅度可以为[K+l,K+l,K+l],该第一部分用于指示每一路的初始信号中该序列的起始位置。接收端设备可以结合该第一部分以及接收端设备预先获知的发送端设备发送该序列时的符号发送顺序确定出上述多路副载波调制信号中该序列的起始位置。具体的确定方式可以参见后续的实施例介绍。Specifically, in the first possible implementation manner, the preset sequence includes three parts of different functions, and each part includes multiple parallel symbols. Wherein the first part comprises a first symbol, the first symbol comprises a plurality of parallel first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l, and the term “parallel” as used herein refers to that the sub-symbols of the plurality of branches at the same time are simultaneously Sent. When the transmitting device integrates an RGB LED, it can transmit three optical signals. Therefore, the sequence here also includes three sub-symbols, and the amplitude of the first symbol of the first portion can be [K+l, K+l, K +l], the first part is used to indicate the starting position of the sequence in the initial signal of each way. The receiving end device may determine the starting position of the sequence in the multiple subcarrier modulation signal in combination with the first part and the symbol sending order when the transmitting end device that the receiving end device knows in advance sends the sequence. For specific determination methods, refer to the following description of the embodiments.
针对该第一种可能的实施方式中的第二部分,该第二部分可以包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000020
n为发送端设备发送的光信号的支路的数量,每个第二符号包括了多路并行的、且幅度之间具有第一关联关系的第二子符号,也就是说,某一时刻发送的第二符号实际上是发送了并行的多路第二子符号,该时刻下发送的多路并行的第二子符号之间的幅度是相互关联的。这里同样以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000021
一个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有第一关联关系的第二子符号,例如,假设第一时刻发送的第二符号的幅度为[-K,-K,-K],即当RGB LED在第一时刻发送的红色支路上的红色子符号的幅度为-K时,绿色支路和蓝色支路在第一时刻的幅度也只能为-K,假设第二时刻发送的第二符号的幅度为[K,-K,-K],即当RGB LED在第一时刻发送的红色支路上的红色子符号的幅度为K时,绿色支路和蓝色支路在第一时刻的幅度也只能为-K,即每一时刻下,三路第二子符号的幅度之间具有相应的关联,也就是说,隶属于同一个第二符号中的三个第二子符号的幅度之间具有关联。该第二部分中,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000022
个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000023
个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数。可选的,该剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000024
个第二子符号可以是一连串从-K开始以m为步长连续递增至K的符号串,还可以是从K开始以m为步长连续递减至-K的符号串,还可以是以任意顺序排列的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000025
个第二子符号。该第二部分用于向接收端设备指示用于确定幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息,接收端设备结合该第二部分可以确定每一路的Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,从而对接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行非线性损伤的补偿以及相应的颜色校正等。具体的Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的确定方式可以参见后续的实施例介绍。
For the second part of the first possible implementation, the second part may comprise N second symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000020
n is the number of branches of the optical signal transmitted by the transmitting device, and each second symbol includes a plurality of parallel second sub-symbols having a first correlation relationship between the amplitudes, that is, a certain time is sent The second symbol is actually a parallel multiplexed second sub-symbol, and the amplitude between the multiplexed second sub-symbols transmitted at that moment is correlated. Here again, the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the second part includes N second symbols.
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000021
A second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a first correlation relationship, for example, assuming that the amplitude of the second symbol transmitted at the first moment is [-K, -K, -K], that is, when RGB When the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the LED at the first moment is -K, the amplitude of the green branch and the blue branch at the first moment can only be -K, assuming the second time sent at the second moment. The amplitude of the symbol is [K, -K, -K], that is, when the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the RGB LED at the first moment is K, the green branch and the blue branch are at the first moment. The amplitude can only be -K, that is, at each moment, there is a corresponding correlation between the amplitudes of the three second sub-symbols, that is, the amplitudes of the three second sub-symbols belonging to the same second symbol. There is an association between them. In the second part, in each of the N second sub-symbols
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000022
The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000023
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m. Optional, the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000024
The second sub-symbol may be a series of symbol strings continuously incremented to K from -K in steps of m, or may be a symbol string continuously decremented to -K in steps of m from K, or may be any Sequential
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000025
Second sub-symbol. The second part is configured to indicate to the receiving end device parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal, and the receiving end device can determine the gamma curve and the channel matrix of each path in combination with the second part, thereby The received multiple subcarrier modulation signals perform nonlinear damage compensation and corresponding color correction. The specific gamma curve and the determination of the channel matrix can be found in the following embodiments.
针对该第一种可能的实施方式中的第三部分,该第三部分包括N个第三符号,第三符号包括了多路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述的N个第三符号 的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,也就是说,该第三部分实际上是上述第二部分的所有第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后得到的序列。需要说明的是,这里的“取反”针对的只是幅度的取反,并没有对第三部分的第三符号的顺序进行限定,即该第三部分可以是第二部分的第二符号的幅度直接取反之后得到的部分序列,还可以是将第二部分的第二符号的幅度直接取反之后,再次对所得到的所有第三符号进行重新排列所得到的部分序列,本申请实施例对此并不做限定。该第三部分用于在上述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向接收端设备指示用于确定上述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。同样以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,第三部分包括N个第三符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000026
一个第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有第二关联关系的第三子符号。
For the third part of the first possible implementation, the third part comprises N third symbols, the third symbol comprises a third sub-symbol with multiple parallels and a second associated relationship of amplitudes The amplitude of the N third symbols is a value obtained by performing an inverse operation on the amplitude of the second symbol of the second portion, that is, the third portion is actually all the first parts of the second part. The amplitude of the two symbols is the sequence obtained after the inverse operation. It should be noted that the “inversion” here is only for the inverse of the amplitude, and does not limit the order of the third symbol of the third part, that is, the third part may be the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part. The partial sequence obtained after the direct inversion may be the partial sequence obtained by rearranging all the obtained third symbols again after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part is directly inverted, and the embodiment of the present application is This is not a limitation. The third portion is configured to, when the phase error of the subcarrier modulation signal occurs, indicate parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device. Similarly, the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the third part includes N third symbols.
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000026
A third symbol includes a third sub-symbol that is three-way parallel and has a second correlation.
需要说明的是,上述序列中的第一部分、第二部分和第三部分之间的顺序可以是第一部分在前、第二部分位于中间、第三部分位于最后,也可以是第二部分在前、第一部分位于中间、第三部分位于最后,还可以是第三部分在前、第一部分位于中间、第二部分位于最后,还可以是其他的排列方式,本申请实施例对这三部分的顺序并不做限定。It should be noted that the order between the first part, the second part and the third part in the above sequence may be that the first part is in the front, the second part is in the middle, the third part is in the end, or the second part is in the front. The first part is in the middle, the third part is in the end, and the third part is in the front, the first part is in the middle, the second part is in the end, and other arrangements are possible. The order of the three parts in the embodiment of the present application Not limited.
另一方面,无论是上述第二部分的第二符号还是第三部分的第三符号,从符号的角度,该第二部分中的第二符号可以按照一定的顺序排列,还可以是顺序打乱的方式排列,第三部分中的第三符号也可以按照一定的顺序排列,还可以是以顺序打乱的方式排列,本申请实施例对此并不做限定。On the other hand, whether the second symbol of the second part or the third symbol of the third part, from the perspective of the symbol, the second symbol in the second part may be arranged in a certain order, or may be disordered in order The arrangement of the third symbol in the third part may also be arranged in a certain order, or may be arranged in a disorderly manner. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
继续以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例(即继续以发送端设备发送三路光信号为例),进一步地,作为上述第一种可能的实施方式中关于第二部分和第三部分的一种可选的方式,该第二部分可以包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000027
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;该第三部分可以包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000028
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;并且,上述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;上述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。
For example, the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device (for example, the transmission of the three-way optical signal is continued as an example), and further, as one of the first possible implementations, the second and third portions are used. Alternatively, the second part may include a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000027
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the third portion may include a three-way decreasing sub-symbol string, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000028
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is successively decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m; and the first correlation relationship includes: when the amplitude of the sub-symbol of any one of the paths is from - When K starts to increase in increments of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are all -K; the second correlation relationship includes: the amplitude of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths When K is successively decremented to -K at equal intervals in steps of m to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are all K.
具体的,该可选的方式针对的是上述第二部分和第三部分的一种可能的形式,可以参见图3所示的序列的波形图,图3中的序列包括三路子符号,这三路子符号被划分为第一部分、第二部分和第三部分,图3中所标出的第一部分包括幅度为[K+l,K+l,K+l]的第一符号,该第一符号由三个第一子符号组成,分别是红色支路的一个幅度为K+l的第一子符号、绿色支路的一个幅度为K+l的第一子符号、蓝色支路的一个幅度为K+l的第一子符号。图3中的第二部分包括了三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000029
个第二子符号,该
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000030
个第二子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K。需要说明的是,这三路递增子符号串并不是并行传输的,而是依据“当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K”的第一关联关系进行传输的,即:参见图3中的波形,当红色支路传输递增符号串时,绿色支路和蓝色支路上的第二子符号的幅度均为-K, 当绿色支路传输递增符号串时,红色支路和蓝色支路上的第二子符号的幅度均为-K,当蓝色支路传输递增符号串时,绿色支路和红色支路上的第二子符号的幅度均为-K。图3中第三部分的波形与第二部分的波形从幅度上来说是相反的,该第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000031
个第三子符号,该
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000032
个第三子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K。需要说明的是,这三路递减子符号串并不是并行传输的,而是依据“当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K”的第二关联关系进行传输的,即:参见图3中的波形,当红色支路传输递减符号串时,绿色支路和蓝色支路上的第三子符号的幅度均为K,当绿色支路传输递减符号串时,红色支路和蓝色支路上的第三子符号的幅度均为K,当蓝色支路传输递减符号串时,绿色支路和红色支路上的第三子符号的幅度均为K。
Specifically, the optional manner is directed to a possible form of the second part and the third part. For the waveform diagram of the sequence shown in FIG. 3, the sequence in FIG. 3 includes three sub-symbols. The path sub-symbol is divided into a first part, a second part and a third part, and the first part marked in FIG. 3 includes a first symbol having an amplitude of [K+l, K+l, K+l], the first symbol It is composed of three first sub-symbols, which are a first sub-symbol of amplitude K+l of the red branch, a first sub-symbol of amplitude K+l of the green branch, and an amplitude of the blue branch. Is the first subsymbol of K+l. The second part of Figure 3 includes three incremental substrings, each of which includes an incrementing subsymbol string.
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000029
Second sub-symbol, the
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000030
The amplitudes of the second sub-symbols are successively incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps. It should be noted that the three-way incremental sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the amplitude of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols is continuously incremented to K at equal intervals of m from -K to form the incrementer. When the symbol string is transmitted, the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted with the first correlation of -K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 3, when the red branch transmits the incremental symbol string, the green branch and the blue The amplitude of the second sub-symbol on the color branch is -K. When the green branch transmits the increasing symbol string, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is -K, when the blue branch When the incremental symbol string is transmitted, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the green branch and the red branch is -K. The waveform of the third portion in FIG. 3 and the waveform of the second portion are inversely proportional in magnitude, the third portion includes a three-way decreasing sub-symbol string, and the decrementing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000031
Third sub-symbol, the
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000032
The amplitudes of the third sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals of m in steps of K. It should be noted that the three-way decrementing sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the decrement is formed when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals in m steps. When the symbol string is transmitted, the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted with the second correlation of K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 3, when the red branch transmits the descending symbol string, the green branch and the blue The amplitude of the third sub-symbol on the branch is K. When the green branch transmits the decreasing symbol string, the amplitude of the third sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is K, when the blue branch transmits the decreasing symbol. In the case of a string, the amplitude of the third sub-symbol of the green branch and the red branch is K.
需要说明的是,上述第二部分中的递增子符号串和其他第二子符号与第三部分中的递减子符号串和其他第三子符号可以互换,即第二部分包括递减子符号和第三子符号,第三部分包括递增子符号串和第二子符号,基于这一种情况,当副载波调制信号的相位发生反转时,可以基于第二部分进行Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的确定,当副载波调制信号的相位未发生反转时,可以基于第三部分进行Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的确定。It should be noted that the incremental sub-symbol string and the other second sub-symbol in the second part are interchangeable with the descending sub-symbol string and the other third sub-symbol in the third part, that is, the second part includes the decrementing sub-symbol and a third sub-symbol, the third portion comprising an increasing sub-symbol string and a second sub-symbol. Based on the situation, when the phase of the sub-carrier modulation signal is inverted, the gamma curve and the channel matrix may be determined based on the second portion. When the phase of the subcarrier modulation signal is not inverted, the determination of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix can be performed based on the third portion.
综上所述,在上述第一种可能的实施方式中,该序列中的第一部分、第二部分和第三部分可以使得接收端设备确定出每一路副载波调制信号中的序列的起始位置,以及获知接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生了相位反转,并且,还可以根据第二部分或者第三部分得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,从而对接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行非线性损伤的补偿以及相应的颜色校正等,提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠性。In summary, in the first possible implementation manner, the first part, the second part, and the third part of the sequence may enable the receiving end device to determine the starting position of the sequence in each subcarrier modulation signal. And knowing whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal has phase inversion, and also obtaining the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel according to the second part or the third part, thereby receiving the multipath The subcarrier modulation signal compensates for nonlinear damage and corresponding color correction, etc., improves the accuracy of the data recovery by the receiving end device, and ensures the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving end device.
结合上述第一种可能的实施方式中有关预设的序列的内容的介绍,本申请另一实施例提供了相机通信的方法流程示意图,参见图4所示,该实施例涉及的是结合上述第一种可能的实施方式,即当发送端设备采用的是CIM对待传输数据进行多幅调制时,接收端设备对接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到待传输数据的具体过程。需要说明的是,本实施例以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,即以序列包括三路子符号为例来进行说明。如图4所示,上述S107具体可以包括:In conjunction with the description of the content of the preset sequence in the first possible implementation manner, another embodiment of the present application provides a schematic flowchart of a method for camera communication. Referring to FIG. 4, the embodiment relates to the foregoing A possible implementation manner is that when the transmitting end device uses multiple modulations to be transmitted by the CIM to be transmitted, the receiving end device processes the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain a specific process of the data to be transmitted. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting end device as an example, that is, the sequence includes three sub-symbols as an example for description. As shown in FIG. 4, the foregoing S107 may specifically include:
S201:若接收端设备检测到一个符号,判断该符号的三路子符号的幅度是否均为所在支路上的最大幅度。若是,执行S202,若否,执行S205。S201: If the receiving device detects a symbol, determine whether the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch. If yes, execute S202, if no, execute S205.
具体的,在介绍本实施例之前,先对发送端设备发送的符号的幅度和接收端设备接收到的符号的幅度之间的可能性予以说明。例如,假设发送端设备发送了一个[K+l,K+l,K+l]的符号,接收端设备接收到的符号的幅度可能是[K+l,K+l,K+l],也有可能是与[K+l,K+l,K+l]幅度比较接近的符号,即发送端设备发送的符号和接收端设备接收到的符号可能会由于传播介质、周围环境的影响存在不一致的情况。Specifically, before the present embodiment is introduced, the possibility between the amplitude of the symbol transmitted by the transmitting device and the amplitude of the symbol received by the receiving device is first described. For example, suppose the sender device sends a symbol of [K+l, K+l, K+l], and the amplitude of the symbol received by the receiving device may be [K+l, K+l, K+l]. It may also be a symbol that is closer to the amplitude of [K+l, K+l, K+l], that is, the symbol sent by the transmitting device and the symbol received by the receiving device may be inconsistent due to the influence of the propagation medium and the surrounding environment. Case.
因此,在本申请实施例中,接收端设备接收发送端设备发送的多路幅度调制信号,实际上接收端设备是按照一个符号接着一个符号的形式进行接收。当接收端设备检测到一个符号时,接收端设备会判断该符号的三路子符号的幅度是否是其所在支路上的最大幅度。如果是,则执行下述S202至S204,若否,则执行S205和S206。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the receiving end device receives the multipath amplitude modulation signal sent by the transmitting end device, and the receiving end device actually receives the symbol according to one symbol and then one symbol. When the receiving device detects a symbol, the receiving device determines whether the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch on which it is located. If so, the following S202 to S204 are performed, and if not, S205 and S206 are executed.
S202:若所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度,则根据预设的序 列的符号发送顺序和所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置。执行S203和S204。S202: If the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch road, according to the preset order The symbol transmission order of the columns and the symbols determine the starting position of the sequence. S203 and S204 are performed.
具体的,当接收端设备确定当前接收到的符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度,则接收端设备确定当前接收到的副载波调制信号或者上述幅度调制信号并未发生相位反转(这里需要说明的是,三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度所构成的符号仅会出现在第一部分,第二部分和第三部分均不会出现此类符号)。然后,由于接收端设备对发送端设备发送的序列的符号发送顺序是已知的,因此,接收端设备可以结合该序列的符号发送顺序确定当前三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度的符号位于第几个位置,然后依据当前符号所在的位置确定副载波调制信号中该序列的起始位置,进而可以根据该序列的长度和该起始位置,获知从哪一个位置开始是有效数据符号的位置。Specifically, when the receiving end device determines that the amplitude of the three sub-symbols of the currently received symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, the receiving end device determines that the currently received sub-carrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal does not have a phase. Inversion (here, it should be noted that the sign of the three-way sub-symbols whose amplitude is the maximum amplitude of the branch will only appear in the first part, and the second part and the third part will not appear such symbols). Then, since the sequence of symbol transmission of the sequence sent by the receiving device to the transmitting device is known, the receiving device can determine the amplitude of the current three-way sub-symbol as the maximum amplitude of the branch on the branch in combination with the symbol transmission sequence of the sequence. The symbol is located at the first position, and then the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal is determined according to the position of the current symbol, and then according to the length of the sequence and the starting position, it is known from which position is valid data. The location of the symbol.
为了更清楚地说明该步骤,这里举一个简单的例子来进行说明:To illustrate this step more clearly, here is a simple example to illustrate:
假设序列包括Y个符号,发送端设备在第Y个位置上发送幅度为[K+l,K+l,K+l]的第一符号,当接收端设备接收到一个符号,且该符号的三个子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度,则接收端设备确定该符号为第Y个符号,这样接收端设备就可以根据序列的长度获知从第Y个位置往前推Y-1个符号后的位置为该序列的起始位置,如果接收端设备再次检测到下一个符号,则该符号即就是有效数据符号,即图3中的X个符号中的第一个符号。需要说明的是,上述三个子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度的符号可以是第一符号。Assuming that the sequence includes Y symbols, the transmitting device transmits a first symbol of amplitude [K+l, K+l, K+l] at the Yth position, when the receiving device receives a symbol, and the symbol The amplitude of the three sub-symbols is the maximum amplitude of the branch, and the receiving device determines that the symbol is the Yth symbol, so that the receiving device can learn to push Y-1 from the Y position according to the length of the sequence. The position after the symbol is the starting position of the sequence. If the receiving device detects the next symbol again, the symbol is the valid data symbol, that is, the first symbol of the X symbols in FIG. It should be noted that the amplitude of the above three sub-symbols whose maximum amplitude is on the branch may be the first symbol.
S203:根据所述起始位置、所述序列的长度和所述序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的第二部分和第三部分。S203: Determine a second part and a third part of the sequence according to the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence.
具体的,当接收端设备确定了副载波调制信号中的序列的起始位置后,接收端设备可以结合该起始位置、该序列的长度和该序列的符号发送顺序,即接收端设备可以根据起始位置以及序列的符号发送顺序,分别确定第二部分和第三部分的长度,例如,假设序列的长度为Y个符号,则第二部分和第三部分的长度均为(Y-1)/2个符号,然后接收端设备可以结合序列的符号发送顺序,获知所接收到的符号位于序列的第几个位置,结合该符号的三个子符号的幅度之间的关联,确定当前接收到的符号属于第二部分还是第三部分。例如假设接收端设备接收到一个符号,例如如果符号为[-K–K-K]的符号时,接收端设备可以结合该符号的幅度以及上述序列的符号发送顺序获知该符号位于第几个位置,同时确定该符号的幅度仅会出现在第二部分,因此,确定该位置的符号是第二部分的符号。Specifically, after the receiving end device determines the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, the receiving end device may combine the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol sending order of the sequence, that is, the receiving end device may The starting position and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the lengths of the second part and the third part, respectively. For example, if the length of the sequence is Y symbols, the lengths of the second part and the third part are both (Y-1) /2 symbols, then the receiving device can combine the sequence of symbol transmissions of the sequence, knowing that the received symbol is located at the first position of the sequence, and combining the amplitudes of the three sub-symbols of the symbol to determine the currently received Whether the symbol belongs to the second part or the third part. For example, if the receiving device receives a symbol, for example, if the symbol is a symbol of [-K–KK], the receiving device can combine the amplitude of the symbol and the symbol transmission sequence of the sequence to know that the symbol is located at the first position. It is determined that the amplitude of the symbol will only appear in the second portion, and therefore, the symbol determining the position is the symbol of the second portion.
可选的,还可以根据上述序列的起始位置、序列的长度和序列中符号的波形(即三路子符号的关联关系)确定出哪些符号属于第二部分,哪些符号属于第三部分,即确定出序列的第二部分和第三部分。Optionally, according to the starting position of the sequence, the length of the sequence, and the waveform of the symbol in the sequence (ie, the association relationship of the three sub-symbols), which symbols belong to the second part, and which symbols belong to the third part, that is, The second and third parts of the sequence.
S204:根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵。执行S207。S204: Acquire a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part. Execute S207.
具体的,当接收端设备确定了副载波调制信号中序列的第二部分和第三部分之后,由于接收端设备确定副载波调制信号并未发生相位反转,因此接收端设备确定采用副载波调制信号中序列的第二部分确定Gamma曲线和信道矩阵。具体的确定方式可以参见下述图5所示的实施例和图6所示的实施例。Specifically, after the receiving end device determines the second part and the third part of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, since the receiving end device determines that the subcarrier modulation signal does not undergo phase inversion, the receiving end device determines to adopt subcarrier modulation. The second part of the sequence in the signal determines the Gamma curve and the channel matrix. For the specific determination manner, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 and the embodiment shown in FIG. 6.
需要说明的是,每一路的副载波调制信号均对应一个Gamma曲线,即接收端设备需要根据序列的三路子符号确定出每一路的Gamma曲线,但是多路的副载波调制信号同时对应一个信道矩阵。 It should be noted that each subcarrier modulation signal corresponds to a Gamma curve, that is, the receiving end device needs to determine the gamma curve of each channel according to the three-way sub-symbol of the sequence, but the multi-channel sub-carrier modulation signal corresponds to one channel matrix at the same time. .
S205:若所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度,则确定所述副载波调制信号存在相位错误,并根据所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置。之后,执行S206以及S207。S205: If the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch, determining that the sub-carrier modulation signal has a phase error, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol. Thereafter, S206 and S207 are executed.
具体的,当接收端设备确定当前接收到的符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度,则接收端设备确定当前接收到的副载波调制信号或者上述幅度调制信号发生了相位反转(这里需要说明的是,三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度所构成的符号仅会出现在第一部分,第二部分和第三部分均不会出现此类符号)。然后,由于接收端设备对发送端设备发送的序列的符号发送顺序是已知的,因此,接收端设备可以结合该序列的符号发送顺序确定当前三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度的符号位于第几个位置,然后依据当前符号所在的位置确定副载波调制信号中该序列的起始位置,进而可以根据该序列的长度和该起始位置,获知从哪一个位置开始是有效数据符号的位置。Specifically, when the receiving end device determines that the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the currently received symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch, the receiving end device determines that the currently received sub-carrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal has a phase inverse. Turning (here, it should be noted that the sign of the three-way sub-symbols whose amplitude is the minimum amplitude of the branch will only appear in the first part, and the second part and the third part will not appear such symbols). Then, since the sequence of symbol transmission of the sequence sent by the receiving device to the transmitting device is known, the receiving device can determine the amplitude of the current three-way sub-symbol as the minimum amplitude of the branch on the branch in combination with the symbol transmission sequence of the sequence. The symbol is located at the first position, and then the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal is determined according to the position of the current symbol, and then according to the length of the sequence and the starting position, it is known from which position is valid data. The location of the symbol.
为了更清楚地说明该步骤,这里举一个简单的例子来进行说明:To illustrate this step more clearly, here is a simple example to illustrate:
假设序列包括Y个符号,发送端设备在第Y个位置上发送幅度为[-K-l,-K-l,-K-l]的符号,当接收端设备接收到一个符号,且该符号的三个子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度,则接收端设备确定该符号为第Y个符号,这样接收端设备就可以根据序列的长度获知从第Y个位置往前推Y-1个符号后的位置为该序列的起始位置,如果接收端设备再次检测到下一个符号,则该符号即就是有效数据符号,即图3中的X个符号中的第一个符号。需要说明的是,上述三个子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度的符号可以是发送端设备发送的幅度为[-K-l,-K-l,-K-l]的符号。Assuming that the sequence includes Y symbols, the transmitting device transmits a symbol of amplitude [-Kl, -Kl, -Kl] at the Yth position, when the receiving device receives a symbol, and the amplitude of the three sub-symbols of the symbol The minimum amplitude is on the branch, and the receiving device determines that the symbol is the Yth symbol, so that the receiving device can know that the position after pushing the Y-1 symbols from the Y position is based on the length of the sequence. The starting position of the sequence, if the receiving device detects the next symbol again, the symbol is the valid data symbol, that is, the first symbol of the X symbols in FIG. It should be noted that the amplitude of the above three sub-symbols whose minimum amplitude is on the branch may be the symbol of the amplitude [-K-l, -K-l, -K-l] transmitted by the transmitting device.
S206:根据第三部分得到Gamma曲线和信道矩阵。S206: Obtain a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third part.
具体的,当接收端设备确定了上述副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号发生了相位反转后,结合接收端设备所确定的序列的第二部分和第三部分,接收端设备确定采用第三部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,该获取方式可以参见下述图5和图6中接收端设备利用第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的过程,只需将其中的第二部分替换为第三部分即可,其获取方式类似,在此不再赘述。Specifically, after the receiving end device determines that the subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal has undergone phase inversion, in combination with the second part and the third part of the sequence determined by the receiving end device, the receiving end device determines to adopt the third part. Obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix. The acquisition method can be referred to the following steps 5 and 6 in which the receiving end device uses the second part to acquire the Gamma curve and the channel matrix, and only needs to replace the second part with the third part. However, the manner of obtaining is similar, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,每一路的副载波调制信号均对应一个Gamma曲线,即接收端设备需要根据序列的三路子符号确定出每一路的Gamma曲线,但是多路的副载波调制信号同时对应一个信道矩阵。It should be noted that each subcarrier modulation signal corresponds to a Gamma curve, that is, the receiving end device needs to determine the gamma curve of each channel according to the three-way sub-symbol of the sequence, but the multi-channel sub-carrier modulation signal corresponds to one channel matrix at the same time. .
由此可以看出,本申请实施例中,当接收端设备接收到的副载波调制信号的相位发生反转时,依然可以依据序列的第三部分得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线。It can be seen that, in the embodiment of the present application, when the phase of the subcarrier modulation signal received by the receiving end device is reversed, the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel can still be obtained according to the third part of the sequence.
S207:根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。S207: Process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
具体的,当接收端设备得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线之后,采用信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线对上述所接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行处理,这里以针对一路的副载波调制信号的处理为例,其他每一路的副载波调制信号的处理方式与此相同,假设该路为A路的副载波调制信号,其具体的处理方式为:接收端设备根据A路的Gamma曲线对A路的副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,并根据所得到的信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到每一路的校正后的信号,然后接收端设备根据该路的校正后的信号和原始的A路的幅度调制信号的长度,删除该路校正后的信号中的序列(这里的序列指 的是上述序列中位于该路的序列子符号),得到A路的幅度调制信号,可选的,在删除校正后的信号中的序列时可以是每隔X个有效数据信息或者有效数据符号删除Y个序列子符号。最后,接收端设备采用CIM解调A路的幅度调制信号,得到在该路上传输的待传输数据的有效数据信息。由于接收端设备对每一路的副载波调制信号是并行进行处理的,因此,最后可以得到完整的待传输数据。Specifically, after the receiving end device obtains the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each path, the received multi-subcarrier modulation signal is processed by using the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each path, where the subcarrier modulation is performed for one way. For the processing of the signal, for example, the processing method of the subcarrier modulation signal of each of the other channels is the same, and the path is assumed to be the subcarrier modulation signal of the A channel, and the specific processing manner is as follows: the receiving device is based on the Gamma curve of the A channel. The subcarrier modulation signal of channel A is nonlinearly compensated, and the compensated modulated signal is color-corrected according to the obtained channel matrix to obtain the corrected signal of each channel, and then the receiving device according to the corrected signal of the path And the length of the amplitude modulation signal of the original A way, delete the sequence in the corrected signal of the path (here the sequence refers to Is the sequence sub-symbol located in the path in the above sequence), and obtains the amplitude modulation signal of the A path. Alternatively, when deleting the sequence in the corrected signal, it may be deleted every X valid data information or valid data symbols. Y sequence subsymbols. Finally, the receiving end device uses the CIM to demodulate the amplitude modulated signal of the A channel to obtain valid data information of the data to be transmitted transmitted on the road. Since the receiving end device processes the subcarrier modulation signals of each channel in parallel, finally, the complete data to be transmitted can be obtained.
可选的,接收端设备还可以根据所得到的每一路的Gamma曲线,将每一路的Gamma曲线的信息发送给发送端设备,该Gamma曲线的信息用于指示发送端设备采用Gamma曲线对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,得到补偿后的调制信号;发送端设备在接收到接收端设备发送的每一路的Gamma曲线的信息后,结合每一路的Gamma曲线对每一路的副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,从而得到多路补偿后的调制信号;然后,发送端设备将得到的每一路的补偿后的调制信号并行发送给接收端设备,使得接收端设备可以根据上述所得到的信道矩阵对所有补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号,进而根据该校正后的信号和幅度调制信号的长度,删除该校正后的信号中的序列,得到幅度调制信号,并对其进行解调得到待传输数据。该可选的方式大大简化了接收端设备操作的复杂性,节省了接收端设备的处理开销。Optionally, the receiving end device may further send, according to the obtained Gamma curve of each path, the information of the Gamma curve of each path to the transmitting end device, where the information of the Gamma curve is used to indicate that the transmitting end device uses the Gamma curve to the subcarrier. The modulated signal is nonlinearly compensated to obtain a compensated modulated signal; after receiving the information of the Gamma curve of each channel transmitted by the receiving device, the transmitting device combines the Gamma curve of each channel to perform the non-subcarrier modulated signal of each channel. Linear compensation, thereby obtaining a multi-channel compensated modulated signal; then, the transmitting device transmits the obtained compensated modulated signal to each of the receiving devices in parallel, so that the receiving device can perform all the channels according to the obtained channel matrix. The compensated modulated signal is color-corrected to obtain a corrected signal, and then the sequence in the corrected signal is deleted according to the length of the corrected signal and the amplitude modulated signal, and an amplitude modulated signal is obtained and demodulated Get the data to be transmitted. This optional method greatly simplifies the operation of the receiving device and saves the processing overhead of the receiving device.
图5是本申请实施例提供的获取Gamma曲线的流程示意图,图6是本申请实施例提供的获取信道矩阵的流程示意图。在上述实施例的基础上,参见图5所示,该根据第二部分获取Gamma曲线的方法包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of obtaining a Gamma curve according to an embodiment of the present application, and FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of acquiring a channel matrix according to an embodiment of the present application. Based on the above embodiment, referring to FIG. 5, the method for acquiring a Gamma curve according to the second part includes:
S301:根据所述第二部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000033
个第二子符号,获取与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000034
个第二子符号对应的子符号。
S301: According to the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each road in the second part, a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000033
Second sub-symbol, obtained and described
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000034
Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol.
S302:对每一路的与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000035
个第二子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
S302: for each road and said
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000035
The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
具体的,接收端设备在确定接收到的副载波调制信号未发生相位反转时,采用第二部分获取每一路的Gamma曲线,具体为:接收端设备根据第二部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000036
个第二子符号,获取与该幅度之间具有步长关系的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000037
个第二子符号对应的子符号(该子符号的个数也为
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000038
个),这些子符号为非等间隔递增的子符号。基于该非等间隔递增的子符号,接收端设备进行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
Specifically, when the receiving end device determines that the received subcarrier modulation signal does not undergo phase inversion, the second part acquires a Gamma curve of each path, specifically: the receiving end device according to any two subpaths in each path in the second part. The difference between the amplitudes of the symbols is a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000036
Second sub-symbol, obtaining a step relationship with the amplitude
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000037
The sub-symbol corresponding to the second sub-symbol (the number of sub-symbols is also
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000038
()), these sub-symbols are non-equal-increasing sub-symbols. Based on the non-equal interval incrementing sub-symbols, the receiving end device performs a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine a Gamma curve for each path.
针对图6采用第二部分获取信道矩阵的实施例,该方法具体可以包括如下步骤:An embodiment of obtaining a channel matrix by using the second part in FIG. 6 may specifically include the following steps:
S401:从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号。S401: Obtain, from the received symbol, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [K, -K, -K]; wherein, [K, -K, -K] is characterized The first received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K.
S402:从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;其中,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号。 S402: Acquire, from the received symbol, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [-K, K, -K]; wherein, [-K, K, -K] is characterized The second received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is -K The symbol corresponding to the time.
S403:从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号。S403: Acquire, from the received symbol, a third received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [-K, -K, K]; wherein, [-K, -K, K] is characterized The third received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch and the second branch is -K and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is K.
本实施例中,接收端设备接收到的符号包含了序列的多路子符号,在接收端设备根据接收到的符号确定信道矩阵时,接收端设备按照发送端设备的发送机制从接收到的符号中获取与该发送机制对应的多个接收符号;其中,该发送机制用于表征该多个接收符号所应满足的条件,该多个接收符号的每一个子符号的幅度,实际上为信道矩阵中的元素。可选的,该发送机制可以为上述S401至S403中的发送机制(上述S401至S403之间并没有严格的时序限制,三者可以并行执行,还可以一前一后执行,本申请实施例对此并不做限定),需要说明的是,上述S401至S403是以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例的,但本申请实施例并不以此为限,若发送端设备集成了能够发送三路以上或者两路光信号的其他LED时,只要对上述S401、S402和S403作相应的变形即可。In this embodiment, the symbol received by the receiving end device includes a sequence of multiple sub-symbols. When the receiving end device determines the channel matrix according to the received symbol, the receiving end device receives the received symbol according to the sending mechanism of the transmitting end device. Acquiring a plurality of received symbols corresponding to the sending mechanism; wherein the sending mechanism is configured to represent a condition that the plurality of received symbols should satisfy, and an amplitude of each of the plurality of received symbols is actually in a channel matrix Elements. Optionally, the sending mechanism may be the sending mechanism in the foregoing S401 to S403 (the foregoing S401 to S403 are not strictly time-limited, and the three may be executed in parallel, and may be executed one after the other. This is not limited. It should be noted that the above S401 to S403 are exemplified by the fact that the RGB LED is integrated on the transmitting device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. When the other LEDs above or two optical signals are used, the above S401, S402 and S403 may be deformed accordingly.
继续以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,上述发送机制可以为:接收端设备可以从接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号,同时,接收端设备还可以从接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号,以及从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号。其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号。For example, the RGB LED is integrated with the sending device. The above sending mechanism may be: the receiving device can obtain the symbol corresponding to the transmitting device with the amplitude of [K, -K, -K] from the received symbol. The first receiving symbol, at the same time, the receiving end device can also obtain, from the received symbol, the second receiving symbol corresponding to the sending end device transmitting the symbol of amplitude [-K, K, -K], and The third received symbol corresponding to the symbol sent by the transmitting device with the amplitude of [-K, -K, K] is obtained from the received symbols. Where [K, -K, -K] characterizes the first received symbol as the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch The symbol corresponding to -K, [-K, K, -K] characterizes the second received symbol as the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the second sub-symbol of the second branch The amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is the symbol corresponding to -K, and [-K, -K, K] characterizes the third received symbol as the first branch and the second The amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the branch is -K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is K.
S404:根据所述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号,得到所述信道矩阵。S404: Obtain the channel matrix according to the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third received symbol.
具体的,继续以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,上述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号均为具有三个子符号的符号,每一个子符号均具有各自的幅度,接收端设备将该第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号进行相应的排列,得到信道矩阵,该信道矩阵中具有9个元素。Specifically, taking the RGB LED integrated by the transmitting device as an example, the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third received symbol are symbols having three sub-symbols, each of the sub-symbols having respective amplitudes and receiving The end device performs corresponding arrangement of the first received symbol, the second received symbol and the third received symbol to obtain a channel matrix having 9 elements in the channel matrix.
结合上述图5和图6所示的实施例,接收端设备就得到了信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线。然后,接收端设备基于该信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,对接收到的上述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。In conjunction with the embodiments shown in Figures 5 and 6 above, the receiving end device obtains the channel matrix and the gamma curve for each path. Then, the receiving end device processes the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal based on the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel to obtain the data to be transmitted.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法,当发送端设备对待传输数据采用CIM进行多幅调制时,发送端设备采用上述第一种可能的实施方式中的序列的形式,然后基于该序列的形式,接收端设备可以通过该序列的第一部分获知确定接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生相位反转,以及确定副载波调制信号中序列的起始位置,并结合该起始位置、序列的长度和该序列的符号发送顺序确定该序列中的第二部分和第三部分,之后,结合上述相位是否发生反转的结果确定采用第二部分还是采用第三部分确定信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进而采用该信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,对接收到的上述多路副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿和颜色校正、解调等处理,得到待传输数据,大大提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠 性;另外,在对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿时,还可以将接收端设备确定的Gamma曲线的信息发送给发送端设备,由发送端设备对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,大大简化了接收端设备操作的复杂性,也节省了接收端设备的处理开销;进一步地,本申请实施例还可以在相位发生错误时采用序列的第三部分确定出信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进一步确保了数据还原的准确性。The method for camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the transmitting device uses the CIM to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts the sequence of the sequence in the first possible implementation manner, and then based on the sequence of the sequence. The receiving end device can learn, by using the first part of the sequence, whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted, and determining the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combining the starting position, The length of the sequence and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the second part and the third part of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the second part is used or the third part is used to determine the channel matrix and each path The gamma curve, and then adopting the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel, performing nonlinear compensation, color correction, demodulation and the like on the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signals to obtain data to be transmitted, thereby greatly improving the receiving end. Accuracy when the device performs data restoration, ensuring that the receiving device restores Reliable data to be transmitted In addition, when the subcarrier modulation signal is nonlinearly compensated, the information of the Gamma curve determined by the receiving end device can also be sent to the transmitting end device, and the transmitting end device nonlinearly compensates the subcarrier modulation signal, which greatly simplifies The complexity of the operation of the receiving device is also saved, and the processing overhead of the receiving device is also saved. Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the third part of the sequence may be used to determine the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel when the phase is in error. Further ensure the accuracy of data restoration.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式,该实施方式涉及的是上述预设的序列的另一具体内容。在该可能的实施方式中,当发送端设备对待传输数据进行的多幅调制为色移键控CSK时,该序列具体可以包括:第一部分和第二部分;所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000039
每个第一符号包括多路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第一子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000040
个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000041
个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,n为发送端设备发送的光信号的支路的数量;所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;
As a second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the implementation manner relates to another specific content of the foregoing preset sequence. In this possible implementation, when the multiple modulations to be transmitted by the transmitting device are color shift keying CSK, the sequence may specifically include: a first part and a second part; the first part includes N first symbol,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000039
Each first symbol includes a first sub-symbol that is multiplexed in parallel and has a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000040
The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000041
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, n is the number of branches of the optical signal transmitted by the transmitting device; the second The portion includes N second symbols, the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols having parallel and amplitudes having a preset second association, the amplitude of the N second symbols being the first portion The amplitude of the first symbol performs a value after the inverse operation;
所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
具体的,在该第一种可能的实施方式中,上述预设的序列包括了不同功能的两个部分,每一部分均包括多路并行的符号。其中,第一部分可以包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000042
n为发送端设备发送的光信号的支路的数量,每个第一符号包括了多路并行的、且幅度之间具有第一关联关系的第一子符号,也就是说,某一时刻发送的第一符号实际上是发送了并行的多路第一子符号,该时刻下发送的多路并行的第一子符号之间的幅度是相互关联的。这里同样以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,第一部分包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000043
一个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有第一关联关系的第一子符号,例如,假设第一时刻发送的第一符号的幅度为[-K,-K,-K],即当RGB LED在第一时刻发送的红色支路上的红色子符号的幅度为-K时,绿色支路和蓝色支路在第一时刻的幅度也只能为-K,假设第一时刻发送的第一符号的幅度为[K,-K,-K],即当RGB LED在第一时刻发送的红色支路上的红色子符号的幅度为K时,绿色支路和蓝色支路在第一时刻的幅度也只能为-K,即每一时刻下,三路第一子符号的幅度之间具有相应的关联,也就是说,隶属于同一个第一符号中的三个第一子符号的幅度之间具有关联。该第一部分中,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000044
个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000045
个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数。可选的,该剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000046
个第一子符号可以是一连串从-K开始以m为步长连续 递增至K的符号串,还可以是从K开始以m为步长连续递减至-K的符号串,还可以是以任意顺序排列的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000047
个第一子符号。
Specifically, in the first possible implementation manner, the preset sequence includes two parts of different functions, and each part includes multiple parallel symbols. Wherein the first part may include N first symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000042
n is the number of branches of the optical signal sent by the transmitting device, and each first symbol includes a plurality of parallel first sub-symbols having a first association relationship between the amplitudes, that is, a certain time is sent The first symbol is actually sent the parallel multi-channel first sub-symbol, and the amplitude between the multiple parallel first sub-symbols transmitted at this moment is correlated. Here again, the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the first part includes N first symbols.
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000043
A first symbol includes three first parallel sub-symbols having the first correlation relationship, for example, assuming that the amplitude of the first symbol transmitted at the first moment is [-K, -K, -K], that is, when RGB When the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the LED at the first moment is -K, the amplitude of the green branch and the blue branch at the first moment can only be -K, assuming the first time sent at the first moment. The amplitude of the symbol is [K, -K, -K], that is, when the amplitude of the red sub-symbol on the red branch sent by the RGB LED at the first moment is K, the green branch and the blue branch are at the first moment. The amplitude can only be -K, that is, at each moment, there is a corresponding correlation between the amplitudes of the three first sub-symbols, that is, the amplitudes of the three first sub-symbols belonging to the same first symbol. There is an association between them. In the first part, in each of the N first sub-symbols of each way
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000044
The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000045
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m. Optional, the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000046
The first sub-symbol may be a series of symbol strings continuously incremented to K from -K in steps of m, or may be a symbol string continuously decremented to -K in steps of m from K, or may be arbitrary Sequential
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000047
The first sub-symbol.
针对该第一种可能的实施方式中的第二部分,该第二部分包括N个第二符号,第二符号包括了多路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述的N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,也就是说,该第二部分实际上是上述第二种可能的实施方式中的第一部分的所有第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后得到的序列。需要说明的是,这里的“取反”针对的只是幅度的取反,并没有对第二部分的第二符号的顺序进行限定,即该第二部分可以是第一部分的第一符号的幅度直接取反之后得到的部分序列,还可以是将第一部分的第一符号的幅度直接取反之后,再次对所得到的所有第二符号进行重新排列所得到的部分序列,本申请实施例对此并不做限定。同样以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000048
一个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有第二关联关系的第二子符号。
For the second part of the first possible implementation, the second part comprises N second symbols, the second symbol comprises a second sub-symbol with multiple parallel and amplitudes having a preset second association relationship The amplitude of the N second symbols is a value obtained by performing an inverse operation on the amplitude of the first symbol of the first portion, that is, the second portion is actually the second possible implementation manner described above. The amplitude of all the first symbols of the first part of the sequence is performed after the inverse operation. It should be noted that the “inversion” here is only for the inverse of the amplitude, and does not limit the order of the second symbol of the second part, that is, the second part may be the amplitude of the first symbol of the first part directly The partial sequence obtained after the negation may be a partial sequence obtained by rearranging all the obtained second symbols again after the amplitude of the first symbol of the first part is directly inverted, which is the embodiment of the present application. Not limited. Similarly, the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting device, and the second part includes N second symbols.
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000048
A second symbol includes a third sub-symbol having three parallels and a second correlation.
上述第一部分和第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。接收到在接收到多路副载波调制信号之后,可以基于该序列的第一部分和第二部分确定出多路副载波调制信号中序列的起始位置(即如上所说,该序列包括多路子符号),以及基于该序列确定多路副载波调制信号对应的信道矩阵,以及每一路的副载波调制信号对应的Gamma曲线,具体的Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的确定方式可以参见下述实施例的介绍。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and parameter information for indicating to the receiving end device a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for determining the amplitude modulated signal. After receiving the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals, the start position of the sequence in the multiple subcarrier modulation signals may be determined based on the first portion and the second portion of the sequence (ie, as described above, the sequence includes multiple sub-symbols) And determining a channel matrix corresponding to the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal based on the sequence, and a Gamma curve corresponding to each sub-carrier modulation signal. For determining the specific Gamma curve and the channel matrix, refer to the description of the following embodiments.
需要说明的是,上述序列中的第一部分和第二部分之间的顺序可以是第一部分在前、第二部分在后,也可以是第二部分在前、第一部分在后,本申请实施例对这两部分的顺序并不做限定。It should be noted that the order between the first part and the second part in the above sequence may be that the first part is in front and the second part is in the back, or the second part is in front and the first part is in the back. The order of the two parts is not limited.
另一方面,无论是上述第一部分的第一符号还是第二部分的第二符号,从符号的角度,该第一部分中的第一符号可以按照一定的顺序排列,还可以是顺序打乱的方式排列,第二部分中的第二符号也可以按照一定的顺序排列,还可以是以顺序打乱的方式排列,本申请实施例对此并不做限定。On the other hand, whether it is the first symbol of the first part or the second symbol of the second part, from the perspective of the symbol, the first symbol in the first part may be arranged in a certain order, or may be a disordered manner. Arranged, the second symbol in the second part may also be arranged in a certain order, or may be arranged in a disordered manner. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
继续以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例(即继续以发送端设备发送三路光信号为例),进一步地,作为上述第二种可能的实施方式中关于第一部分和第二部分的一种可选的方式,该第一部分可以包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000049
个子符号,该递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000050
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
Continuing with the example that the RGB LED is integrated on the transmitting device (ie, continuing to send the three-way optical signal by the transmitting device), further, as one of the first and second portions of the second possible implementation manner described above Alternatively, the first part may include three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000049
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbol strings of each way include
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000050
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
具体的,该可选的方式针对的是上述第一部分和第二部分的一种可能的形式,可以参见图7所示的序列的波形图,图7中的序列包括三路子符号,这三路子符号被划分为第一部分和第二部分。图7中的第一部分包括了三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000051
个第一子符号,该
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000052
个第一子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等 间隔连续递增至K。需要说明的是,这三路递增子符号串并不是并行传输的,而是依据“当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K”的第一关联关系进行传输的,即:参见图7中的波形,当红色支路传输递增符号串时,绿色支路和蓝色支路上的第一子符号的幅度均为-K,当绿色支路传输递增符号串时,红色支路和蓝色支路上的第一子符号的幅度均为-K,当蓝色支路传输递增符号串时,绿色支路和红色支路上的第一子符号的幅度均为-K。图7中第二部分的波形与第一部分的波形从幅度上来说是相反的,该第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000053
个第三子符号,该
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000054
个第二子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K。需要说明的是,这三路递减子符号串并不是并行传输的,而是依据“当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K”的第二关联关系进行传输的,即:参见图7中的波形,当红色支路传输递减符号串时,绿色支路和蓝色支路上的第二子符号的幅度均为K,当绿色支路传输递减符号串时,红色支路和蓝色支路上的第二子符号的幅度均为K,当蓝色支路传输递减符号串时,绿色支路和红色支路上的第二子符号的幅度均为K。
Specifically, the optional manner is directed to a possible form of the first part and the second part. For the waveform diagram of the sequence shown in FIG. 7, the sequence in FIG. 7 includes three sub-symbols, and the three-way sub-symbol The symbol is divided into a first part and a second part. The first part of Figure 7 includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, each of which increments the sub-symbol string including
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000051
First sub-symbol, the
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000052
The amplitudes of the first sub-symbols are successively incremented to K from -K starting at intervals of m. It should be noted that the three-way incremental sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the amplitude of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols is continuously incremented to K at equal intervals of m from -K to form the incrementer. When the symbol string is transmitted, the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted with the first correlation of -K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 7, when the red branch transmits the incremental symbol string, the green branch and the blue The amplitude of the first sub-symbol on the color branch is -K. When the green branch transmits the increasing symbol string, the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is -K, when the blue branch When the incremental symbol string is transmitted, the amplitude of the first sub-symbol on the green branch and the red branch is -K. The waveform of the second portion in FIG. 7 is opposite in amplitude to the waveform of the first portion, the second portion includes a three-way decreasing sub-symbol string, and the decrementing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000053
Third sub-symbol, the
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000054
The amplitudes of the second sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals of m in steps of K. It should be noted that the three-way decrementing sub-symbol strings are not transmitted in parallel, but according to "the decrement is formed when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the sub-symbols are successively decremented to -K at equal intervals in m steps. In the case of a symbol string, the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are transmitted in a second relationship of K", that is, see the waveform in FIG. 7, when the red branch transmits the descending symbol string, the green branch and the blue The amplitude of the second sub-symbol on the branch is K. When the green branch transmits the decreasing symbol string, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the red branch and the blue branch is K, when the blue branch transmits the decreasing symbol In the case of a string, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the green branch and the red branch is K.
综上所述,在上述第二种可能的实施方式中,该序列中的第一部分和第二部分可以使得接收端设备确定出每一路副载波调制信号中的序列的起始位置,以及获知接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生了相位反转,并且,还可以根据第一部分和第二部分得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,从而对接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行非线性损伤的补偿以及相应的颜色校正等,提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠性。In summary, in the second possible implementation manner, the first part and the second part of the sequence may enable the receiving end device to determine the starting position of the sequence in each subcarrier modulation signal, and obtain the receiving Whether the subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal to the phase inversion occurs, and the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel are obtained according to the first part and the second part, thereby performing the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals. The compensation of the nonlinear damage and the corresponding color correction improve the accuracy of the data recovery at the receiving end device and ensure the reliability of the data to be transmitted restored by the receiving device.
结合上述第二种可能的实施方式中有关预设的序列的内容的介绍,本申请另一实施例提供了相机通信的方法流程示意图,参见图8所示,该实施例涉及的是结合上述第二种可能的实施方式,即当发送端设备采用的是CSK对待传输数据进行多幅调制时,接收端设备对接收到的多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到待传输数据的具体过程。需要说明的是,本实施例以发送端设备集成了RGB LED为例,即以序列包括三路子符号为例来进行说明。如图8所示,上述S107具体可以包括:In conjunction with the description of the content of the preset sequence in the second possible implementation manner, another embodiment of the present application provides a schematic flowchart of a method for camera communication. Referring to FIG. 8 , the embodiment relates to the foregoing. There are two possible implementation manners, that is, when the transmitting end device uses multiple modulations to be transmitted by the CSK to be transmitted data, the receiving end device processes the received multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain a specific process of the data to be transmitted. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the RGB LED is integrated with the transmitting end device as an example, that is, the sequence includes three sub-symbols as an example for description. As shown in FIG. 8, the foregoing S107 may specifically include:
S501:若检测到所述序列中的一个符号,并在间隔预设个数的符号后再次检测到所述序列的另一个符号,则根据所述一个符号确定所述序列的起始位置;所述一个符号和所述另一个符号的顺序满足预设的序列的符号发送顺序。S501: If one symbol in the sequence is detected, and another symbol of the sequence is detected again after a preset number of symbols, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; The order in which one symbol and the other symbol are described satisfies the symbol transmission order of the preset sequence.
具体的,接收端设备在接收多路副载波调制信号时,其是一个符号接着一个符号进行接收到的,但是由于符号的持续发送,接收端设备在接收时并不知道当前所接收到的符号是第几个符号,需要结合预设的序列的符号发送顺序以及所检测到的符号的幅度,获知当前所接收到的符号是第几个符号。本实施例中,当接收端设备检测到序列的一个符号,并在间隔预设个数的符号后再次检测到序列的另一个符号,且这两个符号彼此的发送顺序满足序列的符号发送顺序,则接收端设备会确定之前接收到的所述“一个符号”为序列的起始位置。为了更清楚的说明该步骤,这里举一个简单的例子来进行说明:Specifically, when receiving the multiple subcarrier modulation signals, the receiving end device receives one symbol and then one symbol, but because the symbol is continuously transmitted, the receiving end device does not know the currently received symbol when receiving. It is the first symbol, and it is necessary to combine the order of symbol transmission of the preset sequence and the amplitude of the detected symbol to know that the currently received symbol is the first symbol. In this embodiment, when the receiving end device detects one symbol of the sequence, and detects another symbol of the sequence again after the preset number of symbols, the order of sending the two symbols to each other satisfies the symbol sending order of the sequence. Then, the receiving device determines that the "one symbol" received before is the starting position of the sequence. To illustrate this step more clearly, here is a simple example to illustrate:
假设发送端设备发送序列时,其序列的符号发送顺序为C符号(幅度为K1)、A符号(幅度为K2)、B符号(幅度为K3)、F符号(幅度为-K3)、E符号(幅度为 -K2)、D符号(幅度为-K1),其中,A符号、B符号、C符号为第一部分的第一符号,F符号、E符号、D符号为第二部分的第二符号,这6个符号均包括三路子符号,这里所说的K1、K2、K3、-K1、-K2和-K3的幅度均为一种代称,其实际上是由三个子符号的幅度组成的,这里只是为了简化说明,同时设间隔的预设个数为3个。Assume that when the transmitting device sends a sequence, the sequence of symbol transmission in its sequence is C symbol (amplitude K1), A symbol (amplitude is K2), B symbol (amplitude is K3), F symbol (amplitude is -K3), E symbol (Amplitude is -K2), D symbol (amplitude is -K1), wherein the A symbol, the B symbol, the C symbol are the first symbol of the first part, the F symbol, the E symbol, and the D symbol are the second symbol of the second part, 6 Each symbol includes a three-way sub-symbol. The amplitudes of K1, K2, K3, -K1, -K2, and -K3 are all a generation. It is actually composed of the amplitudes of three sub-symbols. Simplify the description, and set the preset number of intervals to three.
当接收端设备检测到幅度为K1的C符号,然后间隔三个符号之后再次检测到了幅度为-K2的E符号,由于接收端设备已知发送端设备发送C符号和E符号之间的顺序(即接收端设备已知发送端设备在发送序列时,是第一个发送C符号,第五个发送E符号),因此,接收端设备确定当前检测到C符号和E符号之间的顺序满足序列的符号发送顺序,则接收端设备可以根据C符号确定当前的C符号即就是序列起始位置。当然,如果接收端设备检测到了A符号,然后间隔三个符号之后再次检测到一个D符号,则由于接收端设备已知发送端设备在发送序列时是第二个发送A符号,第6个发送D符号,因此,接收端设备确定当前检测到A符号和D符号之间的顺序满足序列的符号发送顺序,故,接收端设备获知A符号为序列的第二个位置,与A符号相邻的前一个符号为序列的起始位置。When the receiving end device detects the C symbol of amplitude K1 and then detects the E symbol of amplitude -K2 again after three symbols, the receiving device knows the order between the C symbol and the E symbol. That is, the receiving device knows that the transmitting device is the first to transmit the C symbol and the fifth to transmit the E symbol when transmitting the sequence. Therefore, the receiving device determines that the order between the C symbol and the E symbol is currently satisfied. The symbol transmission order, the receiving device can determine the current C symbol according to the C symbol, that is, the sequence start position. Of course, if the receiving end device detects the A symbol and then detects a D symbol again after three symbols are separated, since the receiving end device knows that the transmitting end device is the second transmitting A symbol when transmitting the sequence, the sixth sending The D symbol, therefore, the receiving end device determines that the order between the A symbol and the D symbol is currently detected to satisfy the symbol transmission order of the sequence, so the receiving end device learns that the A symbol is the second position of the sequence, adjacent to the A symbol. The previous symbol is the starting position of the sequence.
S502:根据所述序列的符号发送顺序以及所述一个符号的幅度和所述另一个符号的幅度确定所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;若否,则执行S503,若是,则执行S504。S502: Determine whether the subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error according to a symbol transmission order of the sequence and an amplitude of the one symbol and an amplitude of the another symbol; if not, execute S503, and if yes, execute S504.
具体的,继续以上述S501中所举的例子为例,当接收端设备检测到幅度为K1的C符号,然后间隔三个符号之后再次检测到了幅度为-K2的E符号,由于接收端设备已知发送端设备发送C符号和E符号之间的顺序(即接收端设备已知发送端设备在发送序列时,是第一个发送C符号,第五个发送E符号)以及已知这两个符号的各自的幅度,因此,接收端设备确定当前检测到幅度为K1的C符号和幅度为-K2的E符号之间的顺序满足序列的符号发送顺序、且两个符号的幅度顺序也与序列的符号发送顺序中的符号的幅度一致,因此接收端设备可以确定副载波调制信号并未发生相位错误。这里需要说明的是,接收端设备检测到C符号的幅度和E符号的幅度可能与发送端设备发送的C符号的幅度和E符号的幅度会有一些误差,但该误差不会致使接收端设备识别错误,例如将C符号识别成其他的符号。Specifically, taking the example given in the above S501 as an example, when the receiving end device detects the C symbol with the amplitude K1, and then intervals the three symbols, the E symbol with the amplitude of -K2 is detected again, because the receiving end device has Knowing the order between the C symbol and the E symbol sent by the transmitting device (ie, the receiving device knows that the transmitting device is the first to transmit the C symbol and the fifth to transmit the E symbol) and the known two The respective amplitudes of the symbols, therefore, the receiving end device determines that the order between the C symbol of the current detected K1 and the E symbol of the amplitude -K2 satisfies the symbol transmission order of the sequence, and the amplitude order of the two symbols is also related to the sequence. The amplitudes of the symbols in the symbol transmission order are identical, so the receiving device can determine that the subcarrier modulation signal does not have a phase error. It should be noted here that the amplitude of the C symbol and the amplitude of the E symbol detected by the receiving end device may have some error with the amplitude of the C symbol sent by the transmitting end device and the amplitude of the E symbol, but the error does not cause the receiving end device. Identify errors, such as identifying C symbols as other symbols.
当然,如果接收端设备检测到了一个幅度为-K1的符号,并在间隔3个符号后再次检测到一个幅度为K2的符号,由于接收端设备已知发送端设备发送幅度为K1的符号和幅度为-K2的符号之间的顺序以及已知这两个符号的各自的幅度,因此,接收端设备确定当前检测到幅度为-K1的符号和幅度为K2的符号的顺序与序列的符号发送顺序中的符号的幅度相位相反,因此接收端设备可以确定副载波调制信号发生了相位错误,且确定检测到的幅度为-K1的符号所在的位置为序列的起始位置。Of course, if the receiving device detects a symbol with the amplitude -K1 and detects a symbol with the amplitude K2 again after the interval of 3 symbols, the receiving device knows that the transmitting device transmits the symbol and amplitude with the amplitude K1. The order between the symbols of -K2 and the respective amplitudes of the two symbols are known. Therefore, the receiving end device determines the order in which the symbol having the amplitude of -K1 and the symbol of the amplitude K2 are currently detected and the symbol transmission order of the sequence. The amplitudes of the symbols in the phase are opposite, so the receiving device can determine that the subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error, and determine that the detected position of the symbol of -K1 is the starting position of the sequence.
当然,接收端设备在确定了副载波调制信号中的序列的起始位置之后,可以结合序列的长度以及序列的符号发送顺序或者序列的波形确定序列的第一部分和第二部分。Of course, after determining the starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, the receiving end device may determine the first part and the second part of the sequence by combining the length of the sequence and the symbol transmission order of the sequence or the waveform of the sequence.
S503:若不存在相位错误,则根据所述第一部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。 S503: if there is no phase error, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the first part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data. .
具体的,当接收端设备确定副载波调制信号未发生相位错误,则接收端设备采用该序列的第一部分获取信道矩阵和每一路副载波调制信号对应的的Gamma曲线,具体的Gamma曲线的获取方式可以参见上述图5所示的实施例,仅需要将图4中的第二部分替换为本实施例中的第一部分,将图5中的第二子符号替换为本实施例中的第一子符号即可,即:根据第一部分中每一路上任意两个第一子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000055
个第一子符号,获取与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000056
个第二子符号对应的子符号;对每一路的与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000057
个第一子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。具体过程在此不再详细描述。
Specifically, when the receiving end device determines that the subcarrier modulation signal does not have a phase error, the receiving end device uses the first part of the sequence to obtain a Gamma curve corresponding to the channel matrix and each subcarrier modulation signal, and the specific Gamma curve acquisition manner. Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 above, it is only necessary to replace the second part in FIG. 4 with the first part in the embodiment, and replace the second sub-symbol in FIG. 5 with the first part in the embodiment. The symbol can be, that is, according to the difference between the amplitudes of any two first sub-symbols on each road in the first part is a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000055
First sub-symbol, obtained and described
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000056
Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol;
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000057
The sub-symbols corresponding to the first sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path. The specific process will not be described in detail here.
另外,具体的信道矩阵的获取方式可以参见上述图6所示的实施例,仅需要将其中的第二子符号替换为本实施例中的第一子符号即可,即:从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第一子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第一子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第一子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第一子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第一子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第一子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第一子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;之后,根据该第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号确定信道矩阵。In addition, the specific channel matrix can be obtained by referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and only the second sub-symbol needs to be replaced with the first sub-symbol in the embodiment, that is, from the receiving. The first received symbol corresponding to the symbol sent by the transmitting device with the amplitude of [K, -K, -K] is obtained from the received symbol; and the transmitted amplitude of the received device is obtained from the transmitting device as [-K a second received symbol corresponding to the symbol of , K, -K]; obtaining a third corresponding to the symbol transmitted by the transmitting device from the receiving device with the amplitude of [-K, -K, K] Receiving a symbol; wherein [K, -K, -K] characterizes the first received symbol as when the first sub-symbol of the first branch has an amplitude of K, the first branch of the second branch and the third branch The symbol corresponds to the sign corresponding to -K; [-K, K, -K] characterizes the second received symbol when the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the second branch The amplitude of a sub-symbol is K, the first sub-symbol of the third branch has a magnitude corresponding to -K; [-K, -K, K] characterizes the third received symbol as the first branch with The amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the two branches is -K, and the amplitude of the first sub-symbol of the third branch is K; then, according to the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third receiving The symbol determines the channel matrix.
当接收端设备基于本实施例中的第一部分得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线之后,可以基于该信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体的处理方式可以参见上述实施例中的关于S207的描述,与上述S207不同的是,其解调方式不同,S207中采用的是CIM解调,本实施例中进行的是CSK的解调。After the receiving device obtains the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel based on the first part in this embodiment, the multi-subcarrier modulation signal may be processed based on the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel to obtain the For the specific data processing, refer to the description of S207 in the foregoing embodiment. The difference from the S207 is that the demodulation mode is different. The SIM uses CIM demodulation. In this embodiment, the CSK is performed. Demodulation.
S504:若存在相位错误,则根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。S504: if there is a phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data. .
具体的,当接收端设备确定副载波调制信号发生了相位错误,则接收端设备采用该序列的第二部分获取信道矩阵和每一路副载波调制信号对应的Gamma曲线,具体的Gamma曲线的获取方式也可以参见上述图5所示的实施例,仅需要将图5中的第二部分替换为本实施例中的第二部分(图5中的第二部分和本实施例中的第二部分所指代的意义不同),将图5中的第二子符号替换为本实施例中的第二子符号即可,即:根据第二部分中每一路上任意两个第二子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000058
个第二子符号,获取与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000059
个第二子符号对应的子符号;并对每一路的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000060
个第二子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。具体过程在此不再详细描述。
Specifically, when the receiving end device determines that a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal, the receiving end device uses the second part of the sequence to obtain a Gamma curve corresponding to the channel matrix and each subcarrier modulation signal, and the specific Gamma curve acquisition manner. Referring also to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 above, it is only necessary to replace the second portion in FIG. 5 with the second portion in the present embodiment (the second portion in FIG. 5 and the second portion in the present embodiment). The meaning of the reference is different. The second sub-symbol in FIG. 5 may be replaced by the second sub-symbol in the embodiment, that is, according to the amplitude of any two second sub-symbols on each road in the second part. The difference between the steps is a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000058
Second sub-symbol, obtained and described
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000059
Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol;
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000060
The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path. The specific process will not be described in detail here.
另外,具体的信道矩阵的获取方式可以参见上述图6所示的实施例,仅需要图6中的第二子符号替换为本实施例中的第二子符号即可,即:从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送 端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;之后,根据该第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号确定信道矩阵。In addition, the specific mode of the channel matrix can be referred to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , and only the second sub-symbol in FIG. 6 needs to be replaced with the second sub-symbol in the embodiment, that is, from the receiving. Get and send to the symbol The first receiving symbol corresponding to the end device transmitting the symbol of the amplitude [K, -K, -K]; obtaining the transmission amplitude from the received symbol with the transmitting device is [-K, K, -K] a second received symbol corresponding to the symbol; obtaining, from the received symbol, a third received symbol corresponding to a symbol transmitted by the transmitting device with an amplitude of [-K, -K, K]; wherein, [ K, -K, -K] characterizes that the first received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K The symbol corresponding to the time; [-K, K, -K] characterizes the second received symbol when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, the second sub-symbol of the third branch has a magnitude corresponding to -K; [-K, -K, K] characterizes the third received symbol as the first branch and the second branch The amplitude of the second sub-symbol is -K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is K; then, the channel matrix is determined according to the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third received symbol .
当接收端设备基于本实施例中的第一部分得到信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线之后,可以基于该信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体的处理方式可以参见上述实施例中的关于S207的描述。After the receiving device obtains the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel based on the first part in this embodiment, the multi-subcarrier modulation signal may be processed based on the channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel to obtain the For the specific data processing, refer to the description about S207 in the foregoing embodiment.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法,当发送端设备对待传输数据采用CSK进行多幅调制时,发送端设备采用上述第二种可能的实施方式中的序列的形式,然后基于该序列的形式,接收端设备可以通过该序列的第一部分和第二部分共同确定接收到的副载波调制信号或者幅度调制信号是否发生相位反转,以及确定副载波调制信号中序列的起始位置,并结合该起始位置、序列的长度和该序列的符号发送顺序确定该序列中的第一部分和第二部分,之后,结合上述相位是否发生反转的结果确定采用第一部分还是采用第二部分确定信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进而采用该信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,对接收到的上述多路副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿和颜色校正、解调等处理,得到待传输数据,大大提高了接收端设备进行数据还原时的准确性,确保接收端设备还原出的待传输数据的可靠性;另外,在对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿时,还可以将接收端设备确定的Gamma曲线的信息发送给发送端设备,由发送端设备对副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,大大简化了接收端设备操作的复杂性,也节省了接收端设备的处理开销;进一步地,本申请实施例还可以在相位发生错误时采用序列的第二部分确定出信道矩阵和每一路的Gamma曲线,进一步确保了数据还原的准确性;更进一步地,本申请实施例解决了无法在使用低速相机的OCC系统中使用CSK信号进行传输的问题,扩大了相机通信的适用范围。The method for camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the transmitting device uses CSK to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, the transmitting device adopts the sequence of the sequence in the second possible implementation manner, and then based on the sequence of the sequence. The receiving end device can jointly determine whether the received subcarrier modulation signal or the amplitude modulation signal is phase inverted by using the first part and the second part of the sequence, and determining a starting position of the sequence in the subcarrier modulation signal, and combining the The starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence determine the first portion and the second portion of the sequence, and then, in conjunction with whether the phase is inverted, whether the first portion or the second portion is used to determine the channel matrix and The Gamma curve of each channel, and then the channel matrix and the Gamma curve of each channel are used to perform nonlinear compensation, color correction, demodulation and the like on the received multi-channel subcarrier modulation signals, thereby obtaining data to be transmitted, which greatly improves the data. The accuracy of the data recovery by the receiving device to ensure the receiving end The reliability of the data to be transmitted is restored; in addition, when the subcarrier modulation signal is nonlinearly compensated, the information of the Gamma curve determined by the receiving device can also be sent to the transmitting device, and the subcarrier by the transmitting device The modulating signal is non-linearly compensated, which greatly simplifies the operation of the receiving device and saves the processing overhead of the receiving device. Further, the embodiment of the present application can also determine the second part of the sequence when the phase occurs. The channel matrix and the gamma curve of each channel further ensure the accuracy of data restoration; further, the embodiment of the present application solves the problem that the CSK signal cannot be transmitted in the OCC system using the low speed camera, and the camera communication is expanded. Scope of application.
作为本申请实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,该实施方式涉及的是上述预设的序列的另一具体内容。在该可能的实施方式中,该序列可以包括第一部分和第二部分;所述第一部分包括多幅调制星座点外的符号,用于指示所述初始信号中序列的起始位置;所述第二部分包括多幅调制星座点内的所有符号,用于指示所述接收端设备根据所述第二部分训练判决器,所述判决器用于根据所述接收端设备接收到的信号获取所述待传输数据。结合该第三种可能的实施方式,接收端设备可以利用该序列确定序列的起始位置,并利用该第二部分训练判决器,通过该判决器从接收到的堵路副载波调制信号中获取待传输数据。参见图9所示的相机通信的方法的实施例,在上述实施例的基础上,进一步地,如图9所示,上述S107具体可以包括:As a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the implementation manner relates to another specific content of the foregoing preset sequence. In this possible implementation, the sequence may include a first portion and a second portion; the first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; The two parts include all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points for instructing the receiving end device to train the decider according to the second part, and the determiner is configured to acquire the to-be-acquired according to the signal received by the receiving end device transfer data. In conjunction with the third possible implementation, the receiving end device can use the sequence to determine the starting position of the sequence, and use the second part to train the decider, and obtain the blocked subcarrier modulation signal from the received blocker through the determiner. Data to be transmitted. Referring to the embodiment of the method for the camera communication shown in FIG. 9, on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, further, as shown in FIG. 9, the foregoing S107 may specifically include:
S601:当检测到多幅调制星座点外的任一个符号时,根据所述任一个符号和预设的 序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的起始位置。S601: when any one of the plurality of modulation constellation points is detected, according to any one of the symbols and the preset The symbolic transmission order of the sequence determines the starting position of the sequence.
具体的,如上述所说,接收端设备在接收多路副载波调制信号时,是一个符号接着一个符号进行接收,当接收端设备检测到任一个符号,如果该符号位于多幅调制星座点外,则接收端设备可以结合该符号以及已知的序列的符号发送顺序确定序列的起始位置,具体的确定方式可以参见上述实施例中的S501的确定方式,在此不再赘述。Specifically, as mentioned above, when receiving the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal, the receiving end device receives one symbol and then one symbol, and when the receiving end device detects any symbol, if the symbol is located outside the multiple modulation constellation points The receiving device can determine the starting position of the sequence in combination with the symbol and the symbol sequence of the known sequence. For the specific determining manner, refer to the determining manner of S501 in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
S602:根据所述起始位置、预设的序列中的符号顺序以及所述序列的长度训练判决器。S602: Train the decider according to the starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence.
S603:根据所述判决器从所述多路副载波调制信号中获取所述待传输数据。S603: Acquire, according to the determiner, the data to be transmitted from the multiple subcarrier modulation signals.
具体的,与上述实施例的还原待传输数据不同,本实施例无需对相机接收到的RGB三路子符号进行判决、也无需非线性补偿、颜色校正、判断相位错误等操作,而是引入机器学习的方法,通过上述所确定的起始位置、预设的序列中的符号顺序以及所述序列的长度确定出该序列中的第二部分,然后利用该第二部分训练接收端设备的判决器,当判决器学习成功后,可直接利用该判决器从所述多路副载波调制信号中获取所述待传输数据,本申请实施例对如何训练得到的判断器并不做限定。Specifically, different from the data to be transmitted in the foregoing embodiment, the embodiment does not need to perform the RGB three-way sub-symbol received by the camera, and does not need nonlinear compensation, color correction, phase error determination, etc., but introduces machine learning. a method for determining a second portion of the sequence by using the determined starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence, and then using the second portion to train the determiner of the receiving device, After the judging device learns successfully, the determiner can be used to obtain the data to be transmitted from the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal. The embodiment of the present application does not limit how to obtain the judging device.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的方法,取消了接收端设备的非线性补偿、颜色校正以及相位错误消除等操作,而是基于序列的第二部分训练出判决器,利用该判决器还原待传输数据,简化了接收端设备的复杂度。The method for camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application cancels operations such as nonlinear compensation, color correction, and phase error elimination of the receiving device, but trains the decider based on the second part of the sequence, and uses the determiner to restore the to-be-transmitted The data simplifies the complexity of the receiving device.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成,前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be completed by using hardware related to the program instructions. The foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed. The foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
图10为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置的结构示意图。该装置可以为上述实施例中的发送端设备设备,还可以为集成在上述方法实施例的发送端设备设备中。如图10所示,该装置包括:第一调制模块10、序列添加模块11、第二调制模块12和发送模块13。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application. The device may be the sender device device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be integrated in the sender device device in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in FIG. 10, the apparatus includes: a first modulation module 10, a sequence addition module 11, a second modulation module 12, and a transmission module 13.
第一调制模块10,用于对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路幅度调制信号,其中,每一路的幅度调制信号具有多个幅度;The first modulation module 10 is configured to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted to obtain a multi-channel amplitude modulation signal, where each channel of the amplitude modulation signal has multiple amplitudes;
序列添加模块11,用于在每一路的幅度调制信号之前添加预设的序列,得到每一路的初始信号;其中,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;The sequence adding module 11 is configured to add a preset sequence before each of the amplitude modulation signals to obtain an initial signal of each channel; wherein the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal;
第二调制模块12,用于对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM,得到每一路的副载波调制信号;The second modulation module 12 is configured to perform subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM on the initial signal of each channel to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel;
发送模块13,用于向接收端设备发送多路副载波调制信号。The sending module 13 is configured to send multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving end device.
可选的,上述第一调制模块10和第二调制模块12以及序列添加模块11可以对应于发送端设备设备中的处理器或者微处理器单元等具有处理和控制功能的元器件,还可以为集成了VLC模块的其他元器件,上述发送模块13可以为发送端设备设备中的光通信单元,例如可以为能够发射多路光信号的LED灯。Optionally, the first modulation module 10 and the second modulation module 12 and the sequence adding module 11 may correspond to components having processing and control functions, such as a processor or a microprocessor unit in the transmitting device, or The other components of the VLC module are integrated. The transmitting module 13 may be an optical communication unit in the transmitting device, for example, an LED capable of transmitting multiple optical signals.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。 The apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:Optionally, the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
作为第一种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为颜色强度调制CIM时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;As a first possible implementation manner, when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000061
每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000062
个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000063
个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
The second portion includes N second symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000061
Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000062
The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000063
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
作为第一种可能的实施方式中的一种可选的方式,所述第二部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000064
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000065
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the first possible implementation manner, the second part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000064
Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000065
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;As a second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, when the multiple modulation is color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first part and a second part;
所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000066
每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000067
个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000068
个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
The first portion includes N first symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000066
Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000067
The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000068
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向 所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first portion and the second portion are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and to The receiving end device indicates parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式中的一种可选的方式,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000069
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000070
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the first part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000069
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000070
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,所述序列包括第一部分和第二部分;As a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the sequence includes a first part and a second part;
所述第一部分包括多幅调制星座点外的符号,用于指示所述初始信号中序列的起始位置;The first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal;
所述第二部分包括多幅调制星座点内的所有符号,用于指示所述接收端设备根据所述训练部分训练判决器,所述判决器用于根据所述接收端设备接收到的信号获取所述待传输数据。The second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device. The data to be transmitted is mentioned.
图11为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置的结构示意图。在上述图10所示实施例的基础上,该装置还可以包括:接收模块14、补偿模块15。该接收模块14可以为上述发送端设备设备上的相机设备或者录像设备等。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application. On the basis of the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 10, the device may further include: a receiving module 14 and a compensation module 15. The receiving module 14 can be a camera device or a video recording device or the like on the above-mentioned transmitting device device.
接收模块14,用于接收所述接收端设备根据所述序列确定的伽马Gamma曲线的信息;The receiving module 14 is configured to receive information about a gamma gamma curve determined by the receiving end device according to the sequence;
补偿模块15,用于根据所述Gamma曲线的信息对每一路的副载波调制信号进行Gamma非线性补偿,得到多路补偿后的调制信号;The compensation module 15 is configured to perform Gamma nonlinear compensation on each subcarrier modulation signal according to the information of the Gamma curve to obtain a multipath compensated modulation signal;
所述发送模块13,还用于将所述多路补偿后的调制信号发送给所述接收端设备。The sending module 13 is further configured to send the multiplexed modulated signal to the receiving end device.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图12为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置的结构示意图。该装置可以为上述方法实施例中的接收端设备,还可以集成在上述方法实施例的接收端设备设备中。如图12所示,该装置包括:接收模块20和处理模块21;可选的,该装置还可以包括发送模块22。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application. The device may be the receiving device in the foregoing method embodiment, and may also be integrated in the receiving device device in the foregoing method embodiment. As shown in FIG. 12, the apparatus includes: a receiving module 20 and a processing module 21; optionally, the apparatus may further include a transmitting module 22.
接收模块20,用于接收发送端设备发送的多路副载波调制信号,其中,所述多路副载波调制信号为所述发送端设备每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM得到的信号,所述初始信号为所述发送端设备根据预设的序列和对待传输数据进行多幅调制后得到的幅度调制信号生成的,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;The receiving module 20 is configured to receive the multiple subcarrier modulation signals sent by the sending end device, where the multiple subcarrier modulation signals are signals obtained by subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM for the initial signal of each path of the transmitting end device, The initial signal is generated by the transmitting end device according to a preset sequence and an amplitude modulated signal obtained by performing multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulated signal;
处理模块21,用于对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。The processing module 21 is configured to process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted.
可选的,上述发送模块22可以为接收端设备设备中的光通信单元,例如可以为能够发射多路光信号的LED灯,上述接收模块20可以为接收端设备设备中的相机设备或者录像设备。该处理模块21可以对应于接收端设备设备中的处理器或者微处理器单元等具有 处理和控制功能的元器件,还可以为集成了VLC模块的其他元器件。Optionally, the sending module 22 may be an optical communication unit in the receiving device, for example, an LED capable of transmitting multiple optical signals, and the receiving module 20 may be a camera device or a video recording device in the receiving device. . The processing module 21 may correspond to a processor or a microprocessor unit or the like in the receiving device device. The components that handle and control functions can also be other components that integrate the VLC module.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:Optionally, the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
作为本申请实施例的第一种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为颜色强度调制CIM时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;As a first possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first part, a second part, and a third part;
所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000071
每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000072
个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000073
个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
The second portion includes N second symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000071
Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000072
The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000073
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
作为本申请实施例的第一种可能的实施方式的一种可选的方式,所述第二部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000074
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000075
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the first possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the second part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000074
Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000075
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;As a second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, when the multiple modulation is color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first part and a second part;
所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000076
每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000077
个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000078
个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
The first portion includes N first symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000076
Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000077
The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000078
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第 二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;The second portion includes N second symbols, the second symbol includes three parallel channels, and the amplitude has a preset number a second sub-symbol of the second association, the amplitude of the N second symbols being a value obtained by performing an inverse operation on the amplitude of the first symbol of the first portion;
所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式的一种可选的方式,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000079
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000080
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the first part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000079
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000080
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,所述序列包括第一部分和第二部分;As a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the sequence includes a first part and a second part;
所述第一部分包括多幅调制星座点外的符号,用于指示所述初始信号中序列的起始位置;The first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal;
所述第二部分包括多幅调制星座点内的所有符号,用于指示所述接收端设备根据所述训练部分训练判决器,所述判决器用于根据所述接收端设备接收到的信号获取所述待传输数据。The second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device. The data to be transmitted is mentioned.
可选的,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式,所述处理模块21,具体用于当检测到一个符号,且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度时,根据预设的序列的符号发送顺序和所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置,并根据所述起始位置、所述序列的长度和所述序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的第二部分和第三部分;以及,根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Optionally, in combination with the foregoing first possible implementation, the processing module 21 is specifically configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, according to a symbol transmission order of the preset sequence and the symbol determining a starting position of the sequence, and determining a second portion of the sequence according to the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence And a third part; and, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted.
进一步地,所述处理模块21,具体用于根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线,具体包括:Further, the processing module 21 is specifically configured to acquire a gamma curve according to the second part, and specifically includes:
所述处理模块21,具体用于根据所述第二部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000081
个第二子符号,获取与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000082
个第二子符号对应的子符号,并对每一路的与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000083
个第二子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
The processing module 21 is specifically configured to use, according to the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the second portion, a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000081
Second sub-symbol, obtained and described
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000082
Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol, and for each of the roads
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000083
The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
进一步地,所述处理模块21,具体用于根据所述第二部分获取信道矩阵,具体包括:Further, the processing module 21 is specifically configured to acquire a channel matrix according to the second part, and specifically includes:
所述处理模块21,具体用于从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;以及,从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;其中,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二 子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;以及,从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;以及,根据所述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号,得到所述信道矩阵。The processing module 21 is specifically configured to: acquire, from the received symbol, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [K, -K, -K]; wherein, [K, -K, -K] characterizing the first received symbol when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K Corresponding symbols; and obtaining, from the received symbols, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting device with an amplitude of [-K, K, -K]; wherein, [-K, K, -K] characterizing the second received symbol as the second of the first branch The amplitude of the sub-symbol is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, the sign of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is -K, and the symbol received from the symbol Obtaining a third received symbol corresponding to when the transmitting device sends a symbol of amplitude [-K, -K, K]; wherein [-K, -K, K] represents the third received symbol as the first The amplitude of the second sub-symbol of one of the roads and the second branch is -K, and the second sub-symbol of the third branch has a magnitude corresponding to K; and, according to the first received symbol, the second The symbol and the third received symbol are received to obtain the channel matrix.
更进一步地,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式,所述处理模块21,还用于当检测到一个符号、且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度时,确定所述副载波调制信号存在相位错误,并根据所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置;以及,根据第三部分得到Gamma曲线和信道矩阵;以及,根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Further, in combination with the first possible implementation manner, the processing module 21 is further configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch on the branch, Determining a phase error of the subcarrier modulation signal, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol; and obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third portion; and, according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix pair The multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed to obtain the data to be transmitted.
可选的,结合上述第二种可能的实施方式,所述处理模块21,具体用于当检测到所述序列中的一个符号,并在间隔预设个数的符号后再次检测到所述序列的另一个符号时,根据所述一个符号确定所述序列的起始位置;所述一个符号和所述另一个符号的顺序满足预设的序列的符号发送顺序;以及,根据所述序列的符号发送顺序以及所述一个符号的幅度和所述另一个符号的幅度确定所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;若不存在相位错误,则根据所述第一部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据;若存在相位错误,则根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Optionally, in combination with the foregoing second possible implementation manner, the processing module 21 is specifically configured to: when detecting a symbol in the sequence, and detect the sequence again after a preset number of symbols are separated Another symbol, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; an order of the one symbol and the another symbol satisfies a symbol transmission order of a preset sequence; and, according to the symbol of the sequence Transmitting order and amplitude of said one symbol and amplitude of said another symbol determining whether said subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error; if there is no phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to said first portion, and according to The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted; if there is a phase error, acquire a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and according to the The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
可选的,结合上述第三种可能的实施方式,所述处理模块21,用于对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:Optionally, in combination with the foregoing third possible implementation manner, the processing module 21 is configured to process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted, and specifically includes:
所述处理模块21,具体用于当检测到多幅调制星座点外的任一个符号时,根据所述任一个符号和预设的序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的起始位置;并根据所述起始位置、预设的序列中的符号顺序以及所述序列的长度训练判决器;以及根据所述判决器从所述多路副载波调制信号中获取所述待传输数据。The processing module 21 is specifically configured to: when detecting any one of the plurality of modulation constellation points, determine a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol transmission order of the any one of the symbols and the preset sequence; The starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence training the decider; and acquiring the data to be transmitted from the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the decider.
可选的,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式,所述处理模块21,具体用于根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:Optionally, in combination with the first possible implementation manner and the second possible implementation manner, the processing module 21 is specifically configured to modulate the multiple subcarriers according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix. The processing is performed to obtain the data to be transmitted, which specifically includes:
所述处理模块21,具体用于根据所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号,并根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号;以及,解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据The processing module 21 is configured to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal according to the Gamma curve, and perform color correction on the compensated modulation signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal, and according to the Decoding the corrected signal and the amplitude of the amplitude modulated signal, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal; and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted
可选的,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式,所述发送模块22,用于向所述发送端设备发送所述Gamma曲线的信息,所述Gamma曲线的信息用于指示所述发送端设备采用所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,得到补偿后的调制信号;所述接收模块20,还用于接收所述发送端设备发送的补偿后的调制信号,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号;所述处理模块21,具体用于根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号,并解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传 输数据。Optionally, in combination with the foregoing first possible implementation manner and the second possible implementation manner, the sending module 22 is configured to send information about the Gamma curve to the sending end device, where the information of the Gamma curve is And the receiving module 20 is further configured to receive the compensation sent by the sending end device by using the gamma curve to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal to obtain a compensated modulated signal. a modulated signal, and performing color correction on the compensated modulated signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal; the processing module 21 is specifically configured to perform, according to the corrected signal and the amplitude modulated signal Length, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal, obtaining the amplitude modulated signal, and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the to-be-transmitted Lose data.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的装置,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图13为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的设备的结构示意图。该相机通信的设备可以包括处理器30、存储器31、至少一个通信总线32和发送器33。可选的,该相机通信的设备还可以包括接收器34。通信总线32用于实现元件之间的通信连接。存储器31可能包含高速RAM存储器,也可能还包括非易失性存储NVM,例如至少一个磁盘存储器,存储器31中可以存储各种程序,用于完成各种处理功能以及实现本实施例的方法步骤。可选的,本实施例中的发送器33可以为发送端设备设备中的集成了VLC模块的LED灯,本实施例中的接收器34可以为上述发送端设备设备上的相机设备或者录像设备等。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application. The device in which the camera communicates may include a processor 30, a memory 31, at least one communication bus 32, and a transmitter 33. Optionally, the device communicated by the camera may further include a receiver 34. Communication bus 32 is used to implement a communication connection between components. The memory 31 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory NVM, such as at least one disk memory, in which various programs may be stored for performing various processing functions and implementing the method steps of the present embodiment. Optionally, the transmitter 33 in this embodiment may be an LED light integrated with a VLC module in the sending device, and the receiver 34 in this embodiment may be a camera device or a video recording device on the sending device device. Wait.
本实施例中,处理器30,用于对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路幅度调制信号,其中,每一路的幅度调制信号具有多个幅度;以及在每一路的幅度调制信号之前添加预设的序列,得到每一路的初始信号,并对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM,得到每一路的副载波调制信号;其中,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;In this embodiment, the processor 30 is configured to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted to obtain a multi-channel amplitude modulated signal, wherein each of the amplitude modulated signals has multiple amplitudes; and adding a pre-amplitude before each of the amplitude modulated signals The sequence is set to obtain an initial signal of each channel, and subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM is performed on each channel initial signal to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel; wherein the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal ;
发送器33,用于向接收端设备发送多路副载波调制信号。The transmitter 33 is configured to send multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving end device.
可选的,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:Optionally, the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
作为第一种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为颜色强度调制CIM时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;As a first possible implementation manner, when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000084
每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000085
个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000086
个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
The second portion includes N second symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000084
Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000085
The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000086
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
作为第一种可能的实施方式中的一种可选的方式,所述第二部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000087
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符 号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000088
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the first possible implementation manner, the second part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000087
Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000088
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;As a second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, when the multiple modulation is color shift keying CSK modulation, the sequence includes: a first part and a second part;
所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000089
每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000090
个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000091
个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
The first portion includes N first symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000089
Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000090
The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000091
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式中的一种可选的方式,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000092
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000093
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the first part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000092
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000093
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,所述序列包括第一部分和第二部分;As a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the sequence includes a first part and a second part;
所述第一部分包括多幅调制星座点外的符号,用于指示所述初始信号中序列的起始位置;The first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal;
所述第二部分包括多幅调制星座点内的所有符号,用于指示所述接收端设备根据所述训练部分训练判决器,所述判决器用于根据所述接收端设备接收到的信号获取所述待传输数据。The second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device. The data to be transmitted is mentioned.
可选的,所述接收器34,用于接收所述接收端设备根据所述序列确定的伽马Gamma曲线的信息;Optionally, the receiver 34 is configured to receive information about a gamma gamma curve determined by the receiving end device according to the sequence;
所述处理器30,还用于根据所述Gamma曲线的信息对每一路的副载波调制信号进行Gamma非线性补偿,得到多路补偿后的调制信号;The processor 30 is further configured to perform Gamma nonlinear compensation on each subcarrier modulation signal according to the information of the Gamma curve to obtain a multipath compensated modulation signal;
所述发送器33,还用于将所述多路补偿后的调制信号发送给所述接收端设备。 The transmitter 33 is further configured to send the multiplexed modulated signal to the receiving end device.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的设备,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图14为本申请实施例提供的相机通信的设备的结构示意图。该相机通信的设备可以包括处理器40、存储器41、至少一个通信总线42和接收器43。可选的,该相机通信的设备还可以包括发送器44。通信总线42用于实现元件之间的通信连接。存储器41可能包含高速RAM存储器,也可能还包括非易失性存储NVM,例如至少一个磁盘存储器,存储器41中可以存储各种程序,用于完成各种处理功能以及实现本实施例的方法步骤。可选的,本实施例中的接收器43可以为上述接收端设备设备上的相机设备或者录像设备等,本实施例中的发送器44可以为接收端设备设备中的集成了VLC模块的LED灯。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for camera communication according to an embodiment of the present application. The device in which the camera communicates may include a processor 40, a memory 41, at least one communication bus 42 and a receiver 43. Optionally, the device communicated by the camera may further include a transmitter 44. Communication bus 42 is used to implement a communication connection between components. The memory 41 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory NVM, such as at least one disk memory, in which various programs may be stored for performing various processing functions and implementing the method steps of the present embodiment. Optionally, the receiver 43 in this embodiment may be a camera device or a video recording device on the receiving device device. The transmitter 44 in this embodiment may be an LED integrated with the VLC module in the receiving device device. light.
可选的,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:Optionally, the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
作为本申请实施例的第一种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为颜色强度调制CIM时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;As a first possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, when the multiple modulation is a color intensity modulation CIM, the sequence includes: a first part, a second part, and a third part;
所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000094
每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000095
个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000096
个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
The second portion includes N second symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000094
Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000095
The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000096
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
作为本申请实施例的第一种可能的实施方式的一种可选的方式,所述第二部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000097
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000098
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the first possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the second part includes a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and the incremental sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000097
Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000098
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制 时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;As a second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, when the multiple modulation is color shift keying CSK modulation The sequence includes: a first portion and a second portion;
所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000099
每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000100
个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000101
个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
The first portion includes N first symbols,
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000099
Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000100
The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000101
The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
作为本申请实施例的第二种可能的实施方式的一种可选的方式,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000102
个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000103
个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
As an optional manner of the second possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the first part includes three increasing sub-symbol strings, and the increasing sub-symbol string of each path includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000102
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000103
a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
作为本申请实施例的第三种可能的实施方式,所述序列包括第一部分和第二部分;As a third possible implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the sequence includes a first part and a second part;
所述第一部分包括多幅调制星座点外的符号,用于指示所述初始信号中序列的起始位置;The first portion includes a plurality of symbols outside the modulation constellation point for indicating a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal;
所述第二部分包括多幅调制星座点内的所有符号,用于指示所述接收端设备根据所述训练部分训练判决器,所述判决器用于根据所述接收端设备接收到的信号获取所述待传输数据。The second part includes all the symbols in the plurality of modulation constellation points, and is used to indicate that the receiving end device trains the decider according to the training part, and the decider is configured to acquire the signal according to the signal received by the receiving end device. The data to be transmitted is mentioned.
可选的,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式,所述处理器40,具体用于当检测到一个符号,且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度时,根据预设的序列的符号发送顺序和所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置,并根据所述起始位置、所述序列的长度和所述序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的第二部分和第三部分;以及,根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Optionally, in combination with the foregoing first possible implementation, the processor 40 is specifically configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three sub-symbols of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, according to a symbol transmission order of the preset sequence and the symbol determining a starting position of the sequence, and determining a second portion of the sequence according to the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence And a third part; and, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted.
进一步地,所述处理器40,具体用于根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线,具体包括:Further, the processor 40 is specifically configured to acquire a gamma curve according to the second part, and specifically includes:
所述处理器40,具体用于根据所述第二部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000104
个第二子符号,获取与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000105
个第二子符号对应的子符号,并对每一路的与所述
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000106
个第二子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma 信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
The processor 40 is specifically configured to use, according to the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the second portion, a multiple of the step size m
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000104
Second sub-symbol, obtained and described
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000105
Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol, and for each of the roads
Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-000106
The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
进一步地,所述处理器40,具体用于根据所述第二部分获取信道矩阵,具体包括:Further, the processor 40 is specifically configured to acquire a channel matrix according to the second part, and specifically includes:
所述处理器40,具体用于从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;以及,从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;其中,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;以及,从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;以及,根据所述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号,得到所述信道矩阵。The processor 40 is specifically configured to: acquire, from the received symbols, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [K, -K, -K]; wherein, [K, -K, -K] characterizing the first received symbol when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K Corresponding symbols; and obtaining, from the received symbols, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting device with an amplitude of [-K, K, -K]; wherein, [-K, K, - K] characterizing the second received symbol when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the second sub-symbol of the third branch a symbol corresponding to the amplitude of -K; and, from the received symbol, a third received symbol corresponding to the symbol transmitted by the transmitting device with the amplitude [-K, -K, K]; wherein [-K, -K, K] characterizing the third received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch and the second branch is -K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is The symbol corresponding to K; And, based on the first received symbol, the second received symbol and the third received symbols to obtain a channel matrix.
更进一步地,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式,所述处理器40,还用于当检测到一个符号、且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度时,确定所述副载波调制信号存在相位错误,并根据所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置;以及,根据第三部分得到Gamma曲线和信道矩阵;以及,根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Further, in combination with the first possible implementation manner, the processor 40 is further configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch on the branch, Determining a phase error of the subcarrier modulation signal, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol; and obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third portion; and, according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix pair The multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed to obtain the data to be transmitted.
可选的,结合上述第二种可能的实施方式,所述处理器40,具体用于当检测到所述序列中的一个符号,并在间隔预设个数的符号后再次检测到所述序列的另一个符号时,根据所述一个符号确定所述序列的起始位置;所述一个符号和所述另一个符号的顺序满足预设的序列的符号发送顺序;以及,根据所述序列的符号发送顺序以及所述一个符号的幅度和所述另一个符号的幅度确定所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;若不存在相位错误,则根据所述第一部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据;若存在相位错误,则根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Optionally, in combination with the foregoing second possible implementation manner, the processor 40 is specifically configured to: when detecting a symbol in the sequence, and detect the sequence again after a preset number of symbols are separated Another symbol, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; an order of the one symbol and the another symbol satisfies a symbol transmission order of a preset sequence; and, according to the symbol of the sequence Transmitting order and amplitude of said one symbol and amplitude of said another symbol determining whether said subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error; if there is no phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to said first portion, and according to The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted; if there is a phase error, acquire a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and according to the The gamma curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
可选的,结合上述第三种可能的实施方式,所述处理器40,用于对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:Optionally, in combination with the foregoing third possible implementation manner, the processor 40 is configured to process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted, and specifically includes:
所述处理器40,具体用于当检测到多幅调制星座点外的任一个符号时,根据所述任一个符号和预设的序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的起始位置;并根据所述起始位置、预设的序列中的符号顺序以及所述序列的长度训练判决器;以及根据所述判决器从所述多路副载波调制信号中获取所述待传输数据。The processor 40 is configured to: when detecting any one of the plurality of modulation constellation points, determine a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol transmission order of the any one of the symbols and the preset sequence; The starting position, the symbol order in the preset sequence, and the length of the sequence training the decider; and acquiring the data to be transmitted from the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the decider.
可选的,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式,所述处理器40,具体用于根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:Optionally, in combination with the foregoing first possible implementation manner and the second possible implementation manner, the processor 40 is specifically configured to modulate the multiple subcarriers according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix. The processing is performed to obtain the data to be transmitted, which specifically includes:
所述处理器40,具体用于根据所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号,并根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号;以及,解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据 The processor 40 is configured to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve, and perform color correction on the compensated modulation signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal, and according to the Decoding the corrected signal and the amplitude of the amplitude modulated signal, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal; and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted
可选的,结合上述第一种可能的实施方式和第二种可能的实施方式,所述发送器44,用于向所述发送端设备发送所述Gamma曲线的信息,所述Gamma曲线的信息用于指示所述发送端设备采用所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,得到补偿后的调制信号;所述接收器43,还用于接收所述发送端设备发送的补偿后的调制信号,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号;所述处理器40,具体用于根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号,并解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据。Optionally, in combination with the foregoing first possible implementation manner and the second possible implementation manner, the transmitter 44 is configured to send information about the Gamma curve to the sending end device, where the information of the Gamma curve is And the receiver 43 is further configured to receive the compensation sent by the sending end device by using the gamma curve to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal to obtain a compensated modulated signal. a modulated signal, and performing color correction on the compensated modulated signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal; the processor 40 is specifically configured to perform, according to the corrected signal and the amplitude modulated signal Length, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal, obtaining the amplitude modulated signal, and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
本申请实施例提供的相机通信的设备,可以执行上述方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The apparatus for the camera communication provided by the embodiment of the present application may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
结合本申请公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现,也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现,也可以通过计算机程序产品实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于用户设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于用户设备中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in connection with the disclosure of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented by a processor executing a software instruction, or may be implemented by a computer program product. The software instructions may be comprised of corresponding software modules that may be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM, or any other form of storage well known in the art. In the medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor to enable the processor to read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in the user equipment. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also reside as discrete components in the user equipment.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that in one or more examples described above, the functions described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored in a computer readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium. Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another. A storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、设备和方法,在没有超过本申请的范围内,可以通过其他的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。其中所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。本领域普通技术人员在不付出创造性劳动的情况下,即可以理解并实施。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners without departing from the scope of the present application. For example, the embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined. Or it can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. . Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement without any creative effort.
另外,所描述系统、设备和方法以及不同实施例的示意图,在不超出本申请的范围内,可以与其它系统,模块,技术或方法结合或集成。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电子、机械或其它的形式。In addition, the described systems, devices, and methods, and the schematic diagrams of various embodiments, may be combined or integrated with other systems, modules, techniques or methods without departing from the scope of the present application. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in electronic, mechanical or other form.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。 Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present application, and are not limited thereto; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art should understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. range.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种相机通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of camera communication, comprising:
    对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路幅度调制信号,其中,每一路的幅度调制信号具有多个幅度;Performing multiple modulations on the transmitted data to obtain a multi-channel amplitude modulated signal, wherein each of the amplitude modulated signals has multiple amplitudes;
    在每一路的幅度调制信号之前添加预设的序列,得到每一路的初始信号;其中,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;Adding a preset sequence before each of the amplitude modulation signals to obtain an initial signal of each channel; wherein the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal;
    对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM,得到每一路的副载波调制信号;Subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM is performed on the initial signal of each channel to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel;
    向接收端设备发送多路副载波调制信号。Transmitting multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 1, wherein the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following state information of the amplitude modulated signal:
    指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
    指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
    指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为颜色强度调制CIM时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;The method according to claim 2, wherein when said plurality of modulations are color intensity modulated CIMs, said sequence comprises: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
    所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100001
    每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100002
    个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100003
    个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
    The second portion includes N second symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100001
    Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100002
    The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100003
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
    所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;The method according to claim 2, wherein when said plurality of modulations are color shift keyed CSK modulation, said sequence comprises: a first portion and a second portion;
    所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100004
    每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100005
    个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100006
    个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
    The first portion includes N first symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100004
    Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100005
    The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100006
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度 执行取反操作后的值;The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part The value after performing the negation operation;
    所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  5. 根据权利要求3述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100007
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100008
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The method of claim 3 wherein said second portion comprises a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and each of said increasing sub-symbol strings comprises
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100007
    Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100008
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  6. 根据权利要求4述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100009
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100010
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The method of claim 4 wherein said first portion comprises a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and each of said increasing sub-symbol strings comprises
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100009
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100010
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述接收端设备根据所述序列确定的伽马Gamma曲线的信息;Receiving information of the gamma gamma curve determined by the receiving end device according to the sequence;
    根据所述Gamma曲线的信息对每一路的副载波调制信号进行Gamma非线性补偿,得到多路补偿后的调制信号;Performing gamma nonlinear compensation on each subcarrier modulation signal according to the information of the Gamma curve to obtain a multiplexed modulated signal;
    将所述多路补偿后的调制信号发送给所述接收端设备。Transmitting the multiplexed modulated signal to the receiving end device.
  8. 一种相机通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of camera communication, comprising:
    接收发送端设备发送的多路副载波调制信号,其中,所述多路副载波调制信号为所述发送端设备每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM得到的信号,所述初始信号为所述发送端设备根据预设的序列和对待传输数据进行多幅调制后得到的幅度调制信号生成的,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;Receiving, by the transmitting end device, a plurality of subcarrier modulation signals, wherein the multiple subcarrier modulation signals are signals obtained by performing subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM on an initial signal of each path of the transmitting end device, where the initial signal is The transmitting end device is generated according to a preset sequence and an amplitude modulated signal obtained by performing multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulated signal;
    对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。Processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制 信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:The method of claim 8 wherein said sequence is specifically for indicating said amplitude modulation At least one of the following status information of the signal:
    指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
    指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
    指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为CIM调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;The method according to claim 9, wherein when said plurality of modulations are CIM modulation, said sequence comprises: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
    所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100011
    每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100012
    个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100013
    个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
    The second portion includes N second symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100011
    Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100012
    The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100013
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the Gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and parameter information of the channel matrix;
    所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;The method according to claim 9, wherein when said plurality of modulations are color shift keying CSK modulation, said sequence comprises: a first portion and a second portion;
    所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100014
    每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第一子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100015
    个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100016
    个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
    The first portion includes N first symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100014
    Each first symbol includes three first parallel sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset first association relationship, and N of each of the first sub-symbols
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100015
    The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100016
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
    所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二部分包括递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100017
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100018
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度 从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The method of claim 10 wherein said second portion comprises an increasing number of sub-symbol strings, each of said increasing sub-symbol strings comprising
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100017
    Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100018
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbols in the descending sub-symbol string is successively decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  13. 根据权利要求11述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100019
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100020
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The method of claim 11 wherein said first portion comprises a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and each of said increasing sub-symbol strings comprises
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100019
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100020
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted comprises:
    若检测到一个符号,且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度,则根据预设的序列的符号发送顺序和所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置;If a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, the starting position of the sequence is determined according to the symbol transmission order of the preset sequence and the symbol;
    根据所述起始位置、所述序列的长度和所述序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的第二部分和第三部分;Determining a second portion and a third portion of the sequence based on the starting position, the length of the sequence, and a symbol transmission order of the sequence;
    根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵;Acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part;
    根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。And processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线,具体包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the acquiring the gamma curve according to the second part comprises:
    根据所述第二部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100021
    个第二子符号,获取与所述
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100022
    个第二子符号对应的子符号;
    Determining the difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the second portion as a multiple of the step size m
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100021
    Second sub-symbol, obtained and described
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100022
    Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol;
    对每一路的与所述
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100023
    个第二子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
    For each road and said
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100023
    The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二部分获取信道矩阵,具体包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the acquiring the channel matrix according to the second part comprises:
    从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号; Obtaining, from the received symbols, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [K, -K, -K]; wherein [K, -K, -K] characterizes the The first received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K;
    从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;其中,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a second received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [-K, K, -K]; wherein [-K, K, -K] represents the The second received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is -K Corresponding symbol;
    从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;Obtaining, from the received symbols, a third received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the transmitting end device with an amplitude of [-K, -K, K]; wherein [-K, -K, K] represents the The third received symbol is a symbol corresponding to when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch and the second branch is -K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is K;
    根据所述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号,得到所述信道矩阵。And obtaining the channel matrix according to the first received symbol, the second received symbol, and the third received symbol.
  17. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted further comprises:
    若检测到一个符号、且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度,则确定所述副载波调制信号存在相位错误,并根据所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置;If a symbol is detected and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch, determining that the sub-carrier modulation signal has a phase error, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol ;
    根据第三部分得到Gamma曲线和信道矩阵;Obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third part;
    根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。And processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
  18. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted comprises:
    若检测到所述序列中的一个符号,并在间隔预设个数的符号后再次检测到所述序列的另一个符号,则根据所述一个符号确定所述序列的起始位置;所述一个符号和所述另一个符号的顺序满足预设的序列的符号发送顺序;If a symbol in the sequence is detected, and another symbol of the sequence is detected again after a preset number of symbols, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; The order of the symbol and the other symbol satisfies the symbol transmission order of the preset sequence;
    根据所述序列的符号发送顺序以及所述一个符号的幅度和所述另一个符号的幅度确定所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Determining whether the subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error according to a symbol transmission order of the sequence and an amplitude of the one symbol and an amplitude of the another symbol;
    若不存在相位错误,则根据所述第一部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据;If there is no phase error, acquiring a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the first part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data;
    若存在相位错误,则根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。If there is a phase error, the Gamma curve and the channel matrix are acquired according to the second part, and the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
  19. 根据权利要求14-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, wherein the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted, specifically include:
    根据所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号;Performing nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal according to the Gamma curve, and performing color correction on the compensated modulation signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal;
    根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号;Deleting a sequence in the corrected signal according to the corrected signal and a length of the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal;
    解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据。Demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  20. 根据权利要求14-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述Gamma 曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:Method according to any of claims 14-18, wherein said according to said Gamma The curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted, which specifically includes:
    向所述发送端设备发送所述Gamma曲线的信息,所述Gamma曲线的信息用于指示所述发送端设备采用所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,得到补偿后的调制信号;Transmitting, by the sending end device, the information of the Gamma curve, where the information of the Gamma curve is used to instruct the transmitting end device to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal by using the Gamma curve, to obtain a compensated modulation. signal;
    接收所述发送端设备发送的补偿后的调制信号,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号;Receiving, by the transmitting end device, the compensated modulated signal, and performing color correction on the compensated modulated signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal;
    根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号;Deleting a sequence in the corrected signal according to the corrected signal and a length of the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal;
    解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据。Demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  21. 一种相机通信的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for communicating with a camera, comprising:
    第一调制模块,用于对待传输数据进行多幅调制,得到多路幅度调制信号,其中,每一路的幅度调制信号具有多个幅度;a first modulation module, configured to perform multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, to obtain a multi-channel amplitude modulation signal, wherein each of the amplitude modulation signals has multiple amplitudes;
    序列添加模块,用于在每一路的幅度调制信号之前添加预设的序列,得到每一路的初始信号;其中,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;a sequence adding module, configured to add a preset sequence before each of the amplitude modulation signals to obtain an initial signal of each channel; wherein the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulation signal;
    第二调制模块,用于对每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM,得到每一路的副载波调制信号;a second modulation module, configured to perform subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM on each path of the initial signal to obtain a subcarrier modulation signal of each channel;
    发送模块,用于向接收端设备发送多路副载波调制信号。And a sending module, configured to send multiple subcarrier modulation signals to the receiving end device.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the sequence is specifically used to indicate at least one of the following state information of the amplitude modulated signal:
    指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
    指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
    指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为颜色强度调制CIM时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein when said plurality of modulations are color intensity modulated CIMs, said sequence comprises: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
    所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100024
    每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100025
    个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100026
    个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
    The second portion includes N second symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100024
    Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100025
    The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100026
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the The gamma gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and the parameter information of the channel matrix;
    所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。 The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein when said plurality of modulations are color shift keying CSK modulation, said sequence comprises: a first portion and a second portion;
    所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100027
    每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100028
    个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100029
    个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
    The first portion includes N first symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100027
    Each of the first symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N first sub-symbols of each path
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100028
    The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100029
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
    所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100030
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100031
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The apparatus of claim 23 wherein said second portion comprises three incremental sub-symbol strings, each of said increasing sub-symbol strings comprising
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100030
    Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100031
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100032
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100033
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The apparatus of claim 24 wherein said first portion comprises three incremental sub-symbol strings, and each of said increasing sub-symbol strings comprises
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100032
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100033
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  27. 根据权利要求21-26任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 21 to 26, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收模块,用于接收所述接收端设备根据所述序列确定的伽马Gamma曲线的信息;a receiving module, configured to receive information about a gamma gamma curve determined by the receiving end device according to the sequence;
    补偿模块,用于根据所述Gamma曲线的信息对每一路的副载波调制信号进行Gamma非线性补偿,得到多路补偿后的调制信号;a compensation module, configured to perform Gamma nonlinear compensation on each subcarrier modulation signal according to the information of the Gamma curve to obtain a multipath compensated modulation signal;
    所述发送模块,还用于将所述多路补偿后的调制信号发送给所述接收端设备。The sending module is further configured to send the multi-channel compensated modulated signal to the receiving end device.
  28. 一种相机通信的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括: A device for communicating with a camera, characterized in that the device comprises:
    接收模块,用于接收发送端设备发送的多路副载波调制信号,其中,所述多路副载波调制信号为所述发送端设备每一路的初始信号进行副载波幅度调制SAM得到的信号,所述初始信号为所述发送端设备根据预设的序列和对待传输数据进行多幅调制后得到的幅度调制信号生成的,所述序列用于指示所述幅度调制信号的状态信息;a receiving module, configured to receive a multiple subcarrier modulation signal sent by the sending end device, where the multiple subcarrier modulation signal is a signal obtained by subcarrier amplitude modulation SAM for an initial signal of each path of the transmitting end device, where The initial signal is generated by the transmitting end device according to a preset sequence and an amplitude modulated signal obtained by performing multiple modulations on the data to be transmitted, and the sequence is used to indicate state information of the amplitude modulated signal;
    处理模块,用于对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。And a processing module, configured to process the multiple subcarrier modulation signals to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述序列具体用于指示所述幅度调制信号的如下状态信息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein the sequence is specifically for indicating at least one of the following status information of the amplitude modulated signal:
    指示所述序列的起始位置;Indicating a starting position of the sequence;
    指示所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;Instructing the subcarrier modulation signal whether there is a phase error;
    指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。Parameter information for determining a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix of the amplitude modulated signal is indicated.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为CIM调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分、第二部分和第三部分;The apparatus according to claim 29, wherein when said plurality of modulations are CIM modulation, said sequence comprises: a first portion, a second portion, and a third portion;
    所述第一部分包括第一符号,所述第一符号用于指示所述初始信号中所述序列的起始位置;所述第一符号包括三路并行的幅度为K+l的第一子符号,所述K为所述待传输数据进行CIM调制后的最大幅值,所述l为任意的正整数;The first portion includes a first symbol, the first symbol is used to indicate a starting position of the sequence in the initial signal; and the first symbol includes three parallel first first sub-symbols having an amplitude of K+l The K is a maximum amplitude after CIM modulation of the data to be transmitted, and the l is an arbitrary positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100034
    每个第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第二子符号,每一路的N个第二子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100035
    个第二子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100036
    个第二子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数,所述第二部分用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息;
    The second portion includes N second symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100034
    Each of the second symbols includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a preset first association relationship, and each of the N second sub-symbols
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100035
    The second sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100036
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the second sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, the multiple is a positive integer, and the second portion is used to indicate to the receiving end device for determining the Gamma curve of the amplitude modulated signal and parameter information of the channel matrix;
    所述第三部分包括N个第三符号,所述第三符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第三子符号,所述N个第三符号的幅度为将所述第二部分的第二符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值,用于在所述副载波调制信号发生相位错误时,向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The third part includes N third symbols, and the third symbol includes three third sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset second association relationship, and the amplitudes of the N third symbols are And performing, after the amplitude of the second symbol of the second part, performing a reverse operation, for indicating a gamma for determining the amplitude modulation signal to the receiving end device when a phase error occurs in the subcarrier modulation signal Parameter information of the Gamma curve and the channel matrix.
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述多幅调制为色移键控CSK调制时,所述序列包括:第一部分和第二部分;The apparatus according to claim 29, wherein when said plurality of modulations are color shift keying CSK modulation, said sequence comprises: a first portion and a second portion;
    所述第一部分包括N个第一符号,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100037
    每个第一符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第一关联关系的第一子符号,每一路的N个第一子符号中的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100038
    个第一子符号的幅度为-K,剩余的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100039
    个第一子符号中任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数,所述倍数为正整数;
    The first portion includes N first symbols,
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100037
    Each first symbol includes three first parallel sub-symbols whose amplitudes have a preset first association relationship, and N of each of the first sub-symbols
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100038
    The first sub-symbol has a magnitude of -K, and the remaining
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100039
    The difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols in the first sub-symbol is a multiple of the step size m, and the multiple is a positive integer;
    所述第二部分包括N个第二符号,所述第二符号包括三路并行、且幅度具有预设的第二关联关系的第二子符号,所述N个第二符号的幅度为将所述第一部分的第一符号的幅度执行取反操作后的值;The second part includes N second symbols, and the second symbol includes three second sub-symbols in parallel and having a second associated relationship, and the amplitudes of the N second symbols are The amplitude of the first symbol of the first part performs the value after the inverse operation;
    所述第一部分和所述第二部分,共同用于指示所述序列的起始位置,以及用于向所述接收端设备指示用于确定所述幅度调制信号的伽马Gamma曲线和信道矩阵的参数信息。The first part and the second part are used together to indicate a starting position of the sequence, and a gamma gamma curve and a channel matrix for indicating to the receiving end device for determining the amplitude modulated signal Parameter information.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二部分包括递增子符号串, 每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100040
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第三部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100041
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The apparatus of claim 30 wherein said second portion comprises an increasing number of substrings, each of said increasing substrings comprising
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100040
    Sub-symbols, the amplitudes of the sub-symbols in the increasing sub-symbol string are successively incremented from K at equal intervals of m in steps of m; the third portion includes three decrementing sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100041
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  33. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一部分包括三路递增子符号串,每一路的递增子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100042
    个子符号,所述递增子符号串中的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K;所述第二部分包括三路递减子符号串,每一路的递减子符号串包括
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100043
    个子符号,所述递减子符号串中的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K;
    The apparatus of claim 31 wherein said first portion comprises a three-way incremental sub-symbol string, and each of said increasing sub-symbol strings comprises
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100042
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the increasing sub-symbol string is continuously incremented to K from -K at equal intervals in m steps; the second portion includes three-way descending sub-symbol strings, decrementing sub-symbols of each path String includes
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100043
    a sub-symbol, the amplitude of the sub-symbol in the descending sub-symbol string is continuously decremented to -K at intervals of m in steps of m;
    所述第一关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从-K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递增至K形成所述递增子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为-K;The first association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are continuously incremented from -K in steps of m to the K to form the increasing sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are -K;
    所述第二关联关系包括:当任意一路的子符号的幅度从K开始以m为步长等间隔连续递减至-K形成所述递减子符号串时,其他并行的两路子符号的幅度均为K。The second association relationship includes: when the amplitudes of the sub-symbols of any one of the paths are successively decremented from -K in steps of m to -K to form the descending sub-symbol string, the amplitudes of the other parallel two-way sub-symbols are K.
  34. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于当检测到一个符号,且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最大幅度时,根据预设的序列的符号发送顺序和所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置,并根据所述起始位置、所述序列的长度和所述序列的符号发送顺序确定所述序列的第二部分和第三部分;以及,根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。The device according to claim 30, wherein the processing module is configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the maximum amplitude of the branch, according to the preset a sequence of symbol transmissions of the sequence and the symbol determining a starting position of the sequence, and determining a second portion and a portion of the sequence based on the starting position, the length of the sequence, and the symbol transmission order of the sequence And obtaining a gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second part, and processing the multiple subcarrier modulation signals according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the to-be-transmitted data.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线,具体包括:The device according to claim 34, wherein the processing module is configured to acquire a gamma curve according to the second part, and specifically includes:
    所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第二部分中每一路上任意两个子符号的幅度之间的差值为步长m的倍数的
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100044
    个第二子符号,获取与所述
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100045
    个第二子符号对应的子符号,并对每一路的与所述
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100046
    个第二子符号对应的子符号执行Gamma信号提取操作,确定每一路的Gamma曲线。
    The processing module is specifically configured to use a difference between the amplitudes of any two sub-symbols on each path in the second portion as a multiple of the step size m
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100044
    Second sub-symbol, obtained and described
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100045
    Sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbol, and for each of the roads
    Figure PCTCN2017072733-appb-100046
    The sub-symbols corresponding to the second sub-symbols perform a Gamma signal extraction operation to determine the gamma curve of each path.
  36. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第二部分获取信道矩阵,具体包括:The device according to claim 34, wherein the processing module is configured to acquire a channel matrix according to the second part, and specifically includes:
    所述处理模块,具体用于从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[K,-K,-K]的符号时所对应的第一接收符号;其中,[K,-K,-K]表征所述第一接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第二支路和第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;以及,从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,K,-K]的符号时所对应的第二接收符号;其中,[-K,K,-K]表征所述第二接收符号为当第一支路的第二子符 号的幅度为K,第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K时所对应的符号;以及,从所述接收到的符号中获取与发送端设备发送幅度为[-K,-K,K]的符号时所对应的第三接收符号;其中,[-K,-K,K]表征所述第三接收符号为当第一支路和第二支路的第二子符号的幅度为-K,第三支路的第二子符号的幅度为K时所对应的符号;以及,根据所述第一接收符号、第二接收符号和第三接收符号,得到所述信道矩阵。The processing module is specifically configured to: obtain, by using the received symbol, a first received symbol corresponding to a symbol sent by the sending end device with a range of [K, -K, -K]; wherein, [K, - K, -K] characterizing the first received symbol is when the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the first branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch and the third branch is -K And a second received symbol corresponding to the symbol transmitted by the transmitting device with the amplitude of [-K, K, -K] is obtained from the received symbol; wherein, [-K, K, - K] characterizing the second received symbol as the second sub-character of the first branch The amplitude of the number is K, the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the second branch is K, and the amplitude of the second sub-symbol of the third branch is -K; and, from the received symbol Obtaining a third received symbol corresponding to the sending end device transmitting a symbol of amplitude [-K, -K, K]; wherein [-K, -K, K] characterizing the third received symbol is first a second sub-symbol of the branch and the second branch having a magnitude of -K, a second sub-symbol of the third branch having a magnitude corresponding to K; and, according to the first received symbol, the second receiving The symbol and the third received symbol result in the channel matrix.
  37. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,还用于当检测到一个符号、且所述符号的三路子符号的幅度均为所在支路上的最小幅度时,确定所述副载波调制信号存在相位错误,并根据所述符号确定所述序列的起始位置;以及,根据第三部分得到Gamma曲线和信道矩阵;以及,根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。The device according to claim 30, wherein the processing module is further configured to: when a symbol is detected, and the amplitude of the three-way sub-symbol of the symbol is the minimum amplitude of the branch on the branch, a subcarrier modulation signal having a phase error, and determining a starting position of the sequence according to the symbol; and obtaining a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the third portion; and, according to the Gamma curve and the channel matrix pair The multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal is processed to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  38. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于当检测到所述序列中的一个符号,并在间隔预设个数的符号后再次检测到所述序列的另一个符号时,根据所述一个符号确定所述序列的起始位置;所述一个符号和所述另一个符号的顺序满足预设的序列的符号发送顺序;以及,根据所述序列的符号发送顺序以及所述一个符号的幅度和所述另一个符号的幅度确定所述副载波调制信号是否存在相位错误;若不存在相位错误,则根据所述第一部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据;若存在相位错误,则根据所述第二部分获取Gamma曲线和信道矩阵,并根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据。The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to: when detecting one symbol in the sequence, and detect the sequence again after spacing a preset number of symbols a symbol, determining a starting position of the sequence according to the one symbol; an order of the one symbol and the another symbol satisfies a symbol transmission order of a preset sequence; and, according to a symbol transmission order of the sequence And determining, by the amplitude of the one symbol and the amplitude of the another symbol, whether the subcarrier modulation signal has a phase error; if there is no phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the first portion, and according to the Processing the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal by the Gamma curve and the channel matrix to obtain the data to be transmitted; if there is a phase error, acquiring a Gamma curve and a channel matrix according to the second portion, and according to the Gamma The curve and the channel matrix process the multi-channel subcarrier modulation signal to obtain the data to be transmitted.
  39. 根据权利要求34-38任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述Gamma曲线和所述信道矩阵对所述多路副载波调制信号进行处理,得到所述待传输数据,具体包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 34 to 38, wherein the processing module is configured to process the multi-subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve and the channel matrix, to obtain a location The data to be transmitted, including:
    所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号,并根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号;以及,解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据The processing module is specifically configured to perform nonlinear compensation on the subcarrier modulation signal according to the gamma curve, and perform color correction on the compensated modulated signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal, and obtain a corrected signal according to the Decoding the corrected signal and the length of the amplitude modulated signal, deleting the sequence in the corrected signal to obtain the amplitude modulated signal; and demodulating the amplitude modulated signal to obtain the data to be transmitted
  40. 根据权利要求34-38任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:发送模块;The device according to any one of claims 34 to 38, wherein the device further comprises: a transmitting module;
    所述发送模块,用于向所述发送端设备发送所述Gamma曲线的信息,所述Gamma曲线的信息用于指示所述发送端设备采用所述Gamma曲线对所述副载波调制信号进行非线性补偿,得到补偿后的调制信号;The sending module is configured to send information about the gamma curve to the sending end device, where the information of the gamma curve is used to indicate that the sending end device uses the gamma curve to perform nonlinearity on the subcarrier modulation signal. Compensation, obtaining a compensated modulated signal;
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述发送端设备发送的补偿后的调制信号,并根据所述信道矩阵对补偿后的调制信号进行颜色校正,得到校正后的信号;The receiving module is further configured to receive the compensated modulated signal sent by the sending end device, and perform color correction on the compensated modulated signal according to the channel matrix to obtain a corrected signal;
    所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述校正后的信号和所述幅度调制信号的长度,删除所述校正后的信号中的序列,得到所述幅度调制信号,并解调所述幅度调制信号,得到所述待传输数据。 The processing module is specifically configured to: delete the sequence in the corrected signal according to the corrected signal and the length of the amplitude modulated signal, obtain the amplitude modulated signal, and demodulate the amplitude modulated signal And obtaining the data to be transmitted.
PCT/CN2017/072733 2017-01-26 2017-01-26 Camera communication method, apparatus and device WO2018137236A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780076496.2A CN110073611B (en) 2017-01-26 2017-01-26 Camera communication method, device and equipment
PCT/CN2017/072733 WO2018137236A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2017-01-26 Camera communication method, apparatus and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/072733 WO2018137236A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2017-01-26 Camera communication method, apparatus and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018137236A1 true WO2018137236A1 (en) 2018-08-02

Family

ID=62978839

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/072733 WO2018137236A1 (en) 2017-01-26 2017-01-26 Camera communication method, apparatus and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110073611B (en)
WO (1) WO2018137236A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110492939A (en) * 2019-08-30 2019-11-22 湖南工业大学 A kind of interval gamut keying device of the visible light communication based on roller shutter effect camera
WO2021127854A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2021-07-01 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for radar ranging, radar and vehicle-mounted system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103763029A (en) * 2014-01-06 2014-04-30 南京复实通讯科技有限公司 Polarization multiplexing system and data transmitting and receiving method in process of visible light communication
CN104038284A (en) * 2014-06-10 2014-09-10 南京复实通讯科技有限公司 Visible light communication system and method
US20150372753A1 (en) * 2014-06-18 2015-12-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmission of identifiers using visible light communication
CN105281833A (en) * 2014-06-13 2016-01-27 南京复实通讯科技有限公司 Visible light signal transmission method and system

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3827082B2 (en) * 2002-10-24 2006-09-27 株式会社中川研究所 Broadcast system, light bulb, lighting device
KR20140092712A (en) * 2013-01-16 2014-07-24 삼성전자주식회사 Sensing Pixel and Image Sensor including Thereof
US9240837B2 (en) * 2013-03-12 2016-01-19 Google Inc. Systems and methods using optical communication for commissioning of network nodes
US20150011258A1 (en) * 2013-07-08 2015-01-08 Research In Motion Limited Imaging cover for a mobile communication device
CN106357331B (en) * 2015-07-16 2019-04-23 北京全电智领科技有限公司 A kind of visible light communication method and system based on light intensity perception
CN106253983A (en) * 2016-08-08 2016-12-21 镇江明辉光信息科技有限公司 The most point-to-point LED-based high speed and bidirectional data transfers mobile terminal
CN106301555B (en) * 2016-08-11 2019-01-15 北京大学 A kind of signal transmitting method and transmitter for light-seeking

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103763029A (en) * 2014-01-06 2014-04-30 南京复实通讯科技有限公司 Polarization multiplexing system and data transmitting and receiving method in process of visible light communication
CN104038284A (en) * 2014-06-10 2014-09-10 南京复实通讯科技有限公司 Visible light communication system and method
CN105281833A (en) * 2014-06-13 2016-01-27 南京复实通讯科技有限公司 Visible light signal transmission method and system
US20150372753A1 (en) * 2014-06-18 2015-12-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmission of identifiers using visible light communication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110073611B (en) 2020-10-16
CN110073611A (en) 2019-07-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Luo et al. Undersampled-based modulation schemes for optical camera communications
US9203514B2 (en) Transmission system, transmitter and receiver
Lee et al. Rollinglight: Enabling line-of-sight light-to-camera communications
Ji et al. Vehicular visible light communications with LED taillight and rolling shutter camera
Luo et al. Undersampled phase shift ON-OFF keying for camera communication
KR102136914B1 (en) Method and apparatus of decoding low-rate visible light communication signals
KR100617679B1 (en) Mobile Terminal Accomplishing Visible Light Communication using Camera Apparatus
Luo et al. Experimental demonstration of a 1024-QAM optical camera communication system
KR102238006B1 (en) Apparatus and method for visible light communication
Luo et al. Undersampled-PAM with subcarrier modulation for camera communications
KR102095668B1 (en) DSM-PSK optical wireless transmission method and apparatus
KR20130116483A (en) Apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving for visible light communication
US11974078B2 (en) Digital signage by optical communication and supplemental downlink device and method using LED illumination
WO2018137236A1 (en) Camera communication method, apparatus and device
Onodera et al. Adaptive N+ 1 color shift keying for optical camera communication
US11044017B2 (en) MIMO-OFDM of optical wireless system using screen
KR20170085953A (en) Method and apparatus for 2D Color Code optical wireless communication
Le et al. Frequency shift on-off keying for optical camera communication
Niu et al. NECAS: Near field communication system for smartphones based on visible light
US12074645B2 (en) Apparatus and method for optical wireless communication based on color M-ary frequency shift keying
Liu et al. Undersampled differential phase shift on-off keying for optical camera communications with phase error detection
Hong et al. Modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for indoor image sensor communication system
WO2020166732A1 (en) Method for transmitting signals in visible light communications and terminal for same
Tian et al. Design and experimental demonstration of a real-time 95kbps optical camera communication system
KR102412462B1 (en) Communication device and communication method using hybrid waveform based on s2-psk and ofdm

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17893978

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17893978

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1